八年级上册英语全册导学案

这是一份八年级上册英语全册导学案，共176页。

Unit 1　Where did you go on vacation?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 参加夏令营 ___________
2. 去山区 ____________
3. 拍照 ____________
4. 相当多；不少 ____________
5. 大部分时间 ____________
6. study for tests ____________
7. anywhere interesting ____________
8. stay at home ____________
Ⅱ. 完成对话，明确本课重点句型
1. —________ ________ you ________ on vacation?
—I went to the mountains.
2. —________ you ________ with ________？
—Yes, I went with my mother.
3. —________ you ________ ________ special last month?
—Not really. I just stayed at home most of the time to read and relax.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Did you go with anyone?
你和别人一起去的吗？(教材第2页)
You can read any_one of the books here.
你可以读这里的任何一本书。
Someone is waiting for me at the bus stop.
有人正在公交车站等我。
【探究总结】
(1)anyone为复合不定代词，相当于anybody，作主语时，谓语动词用________(单数/复数)形式，形容词修饰anyone, anybody等不定代词时应后置。
(2)anyone, any one与someone的用法辨析
anyone
意为“任何人”，只能指人，不接of短语，常用于否定句或疑问句
any one
意为“(某些人或物中的)任何一个”，既可指人也可指物，后面________(可接/不接)of短语
someone
意为“某人”，常用于________(肯定句/否定句)中


【对点训练】
①______(anyone/any one) of my classmates can speak in English.
②—Does ________ know where Jack is?
—Sorry, we don't know.
A. someone B. anyone
C. everyone D. any one
③Did you see ________？
A. someone famous B. famous someone
C. anyone famous D. famous anyone

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Oh, did you go anywhere interesting?
噢，你去什么有趣的地方了吗？(教材第2页)
I have left my watch somewhere.
我把手表落在某个地方了。
You can see flowers everywhere.
你到处都能看到花。
【探究总结】anywhere，somewhere与everywhere的区别
anywhere
意为“在任何地方”，常用于否定句和________中
somewhere
意为“在某处；到某处”，常用于________(肯定句/否定句)中
everywhere
意为“处处；到处”，相当于here and there

注意
当形容词修饰somewhere, anywhere, nowhere以及everywhere时,形容词须后置。
【对点训练】
①I can't find my key ________.
A. anywhere B. somewhere
C. everywhere D. nowhere
②—Would you like to go to Wuhan on summer vacation, Lily?
—No, it's hot there. I'd like to go ________．
A. anywhere cool B. cool somewhere
C. somewhere cool D. cool anywhere
3. few adj. & pron. 不多；很少
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义及用法
We took quite a_few photos there.
我们在那里拍了很多照片。(教材第2页)
She is very shy and has few friends.
她很腼腆，朋友不多。
There is a_little milk left in the bottle.
瓶子里还剩一点儿牛奶。
There is little water in the bottle.
瓶子里几乎没有水了。
【探究总结】　(a) few与 (a) little的用法辨析
否定意义
肯定意义
用法
few
a few
修饰可数名词复数形式
little
a little
修饰不可数名词






【对点训练】
①There are few ________ in the fridge. Let's go and buy some.
A. meat B. fruit
C. vegetables D. bread
②—I'd like ________ bananas and pears.What about you?
—I only need ________ orange juice.
A. some; a few B. a few; a little
C. a little; few D. a little; a few
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. It's a ________(wonder) place to visit.
2. We took a lot of ________(photo) in Sanya.
3. Mum, did you see my soccer ball ________(somewhere)?
4. I met ________(anyone) interesting on the train.
5. There isn't ________(something) funny in this storybook.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. My friends went to summer camp ________ vacation.
A. at B. on
C. in D. after
2. —________ did you go on vacation?
—I went to the Disneyland in Hong Kong.
A. What B. When
C. How D. Where
3. The question is so hard that ________ students can answer it.
A. many B. few
C. little D. much
4. —What about ________ the history museum?
—That's a good idea.
A. visit B. to visit
C. visiting D. visited
5. —There is ________ with my computer. Can you help me?
—With pleasure.
A. something wrong B. wrong something
C. nothing wrong D. wrong nothing
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. Alice watched TV at_home last Sunday. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ Alice watch TV last Sunday?
2. Bob went to the mountains with his friends on vacation. (改为一般疑问句)
________ Bob ________ to the mountains with his friends on vacation?
3. My brother played_basketball yesterday morning. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ your brother ________ yesterday morning?
4. My sister did her homework late last night. (改为否定句)
My sister ________ ________ her homework late last night.
5. Did Paul get up early this morning? (做肯定和否定回答)
Yes, ________ ________. /No, ________ ________．

Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. be on vacation　 ____________
2. have a good time ____________
3. in the countryside ____________
4. keep a diary ____________
5. 外出 ____________
6. 尝起来好吃 ____________
7. 当然；自然 ____________
8. 在餐馆 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 假期你去哪里了？
________ did you ________ on vacation?
2. ——那些食物怎么样？
—________ ________ the food?
——所有食物尝起来真的很棒！
—________ ________ really good!
3. 你觉得它怎么样？
________ did you ________ it?
4. 我给我父母买了些东西， 但没给自己买。
I ________ something ________ my parents, but nothing for ________．
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. something pron. 某事；某物
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Yes, I bought something for my father.
是的，我给爸爸买了一些东西。(教材第3页)
Would you like something to drink?
你想喝点什么吗？
Did you do anything fun on your vacation?
假期里你做了什么有趣的事情吗？
There isn't homework this weekend. I can do anything I like. 这个周末没有作业。我可以做我喜欢的任何事情。
【探究总结】　something与anything的用法辨析
something
意为“某事；某物”，常用于________(肯定句/否定句)中，也可用于表示请求、建议或征求意见的疑问句中
anything
一般用于疑问句和________(肯定句/否定句)中，表示“某事；某件东西”；用于肯定句时，表示“任何事；任何东西”
【对点训练】
①—Is there ________ wrong with your computer?
—Yes, it doesn't work.
A. something B. anything
C. nothing D. everything
②—Have you got ________ ready for the sports meeting?
—Not yet. We still have ________ to do.
A. anything; nothing
B. something; everything
C. everything; something
D. something; nothing

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会seem的各种用法
Still no one seemed_to_be bored.
不过，似乎没有人感到厌烦。(教材第3页)
You seem happy today. 你今天好像很高兴。
That seems_like a good idea. 那看来是个好主意。
It seems_that no one knows what has happened in the park. 似乎没有人知道公园里发生了什么事。
【探究总结】

注意
seem to be/do可与It seems that... 句型转换,转换时注意主语的变化。




【对点训练】
①The boy seems ________(be) sad; he seems ________(cry)．
②She seems to be very happy. (改为同义句)
________ ________ that she ________ very happy.
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会一般过去时的用法
We went to the beach last Friday.
我们上周五去了海滩。
They didn't_do homework yesterday evening.
他们昨天晚上没做作业。
Did you see the movie last night?
你昨天晚上看那部电影了吗？
She was always late for school last week.
上周她总是上学迟到。
(1)一般过去时的含义
一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的动作或存在的状态，常与表示过去的时间状语连用，如yesterday, last week, in 2012, two days ago等，也可表示过去经常或反复发生的动作，常与often, always等频度副词连用。
(2)含有实义动词的一般过去时的句式
肯定式
主语＋动词过去式＋其他．
否定式
主语＋didn't＋动词原形＋其他.
疑问式
Did＋主语＋动词原形＋其他？
特殊疑问词＋did＋主语＋动词原形＋其他？
(3)动词过去式的规则变化
规则
示例
一般在词尾加-ed
help→helped
以e结尾的只加-d
live→lived
词尾是“一个元音＋一个辅音”或“辅音＋元音＋辅音”，先双写最后的辅音字母，再加-ed
stop→stopped
plan→planned
以“辅音字母＋y”结尾的动词，先变“y”为“i”再加-ed
carry→carried
study→studied
【对点训练】
①Alice fed hens yesterday morning. (改为否定句)
Alice ________ ________ hens yesterday morning.
②Eric wanted to buy something cheap. (改为一般疑问句)
________ Eric ______ to buy ________ cheap?
③The Turners went to London to visit their friends. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the Turners ________ to visit their friends?

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Someone is reading in the classroom.
有人正在教室里读书。
Did you see anything interesting there?
你在那里看到什么有趣的事情了吗？
I didn't go to the movies with anyone.
我没有和任何人去看电影。
Anyone can do this job.
任何人都可以做这份工作。
【探究总结】
(1)复合不定代词的构成
由some, any, every, no加上-one, -body, -thing构成的不定代词称为复合不定代词。
(2)初中阶段常见的复合不定代词

-one
-body
-thing
some-
someone
somebody
something
any-
anyone
anybody
anything
every-
everyone
everybody
everything
no-
no one
nobody
nothing
(3)复合不定代词的用法
①复合不定代词作主语时，都看作单数，其谓语动词用 ________。
②复合不定代词被形容词修饰时，形容词应置于复合不定代词________(之前/之后)。
③some-类复合不定代词常用于 ________(肯定/否定)句；any-类复合不定代词常用于________(肯定/否定)句、疑问句或条件句。
④some-类复合不定代词用于疑问句时，表示期望得到________(肯定/否定)的回答；any-类复合不定代词用于肯定句时，表示“任何……”之意。
【对点训练】
①—What's in your box?
—There is ________ in it. It's empty.
A. everything B. something
C. anything D. nothing
②—Is there ________ in today's newspaper?
—Yes, quite a lot.
A. anything interesting
B. something interesting
C. interesting anything
D. interesting something
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. I often wash my clothes by ________(me)．
2. The book wasn't interesting at all, so I felt very ________(bore)．
3. Last year my grandpa ________(feed) more than 10 pigs.
4. Those pictures seem ________(be) beautiful.
5. Do you want to go ________(shop) with anyone?
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 你在美国玩得高兴吗？
Did you ________ ________ ________ ________ in America?
2. 他好像并不喜欢那件衬衫。
________ ________ ________ he doesn't like that shirt.
3. 你觉得饭店里的食物怎么样？
________ did you ________ the food in the restaurant?
4. 为什么你不和我一起去呢？
________ ________ ________ go with me?
5. 今年冬天我给他买了一件毛衣。
I ________ ________ a sweater this winter.

Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 反义词配对，了解本课形容词的含义

Ⅱ. 情景交际，明确本课重点句型
friendly, where, delicious, what, swimming
A: Hi, Tom. How was your vacation?
B: It was great.
A: __1__ did you go?
B: I went to Dalian with my parents.
A: __2__ did you do there?
B: I went to the beach.
A: Did you go __3__ in the sea?
B: Yes, I did. And I had a lot of seafood.
A: How was the food?
B: It was __4__. And the people there were really __5__.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________　5. ________
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
This car is very expensive, but that one is very cheap. 这辆汽车很贵，但那辆很便宜。
The price of this car is very high, but the price of that one is low.
这辆汽车的价格很高，但是那辆的价格低。
【探究总结】　商品价格高低的表达方式
(1)expensive意为“昂贵的，花钱多的”，其反义词是cheap，意为“便宜的，廉价的”。二者的主语不能是价格，必须是物品本身。
(2)high表示“价格高”，其反义词为low。二者的主语通常为price，而不是物品。
【对点训练】
This watch is very ________， but the price of this pen is ________．
A. expensive; cheap　　　B. high; low
C. expensive; low D. high; cheap
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 单项选择
1. —________ did you go last weekend?
—We went to the mountains.
A. How B. When
C. Where D. Why
2. —How was your vacation, Alice?
—________. I had a good time.
A. It's interesting
B. It was terrible
C. It's boring
D. It was wonderful
3. —________ John ________ at this school last term?
—Yes, I think so.
A. Did; study B. Does; study
C. Was; study D. Did; studied
4. —Who cleaned the blackboard yesterday?
—Mary ________．
A. cleaned B. does C. did D. is
5. —Where did you ________ on your vacation?
—We ________ to New York City.
A. go; went B. went; go
C. goes; went D. go; go
Ⅱ. 句型转换
1. The people there were friendly. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the people there?
2. Tony went to New_York_City on vacation. (对画线部分提问)
________ did Tony ________ on vacation?
3. Why don't you come to join us? (改为同义句)
________ ________ come to join us?
4. She went to summer camp last month. (改为一般疑问句)
________ she ________ to summer camp last month?
5. Lisa went to Hainan with her_sister. (对画线部分提问)
________ did Lisa ________ to Hainan with?

Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. arrive in ________________
2. enjoy doing sth. ________________
3. decide to do sth. ________________
4. take the train ________________
5. forget to do sth. ________________
6. 感受到 ________________
7. 四处走走 ________________
8. 因为；由于 ________________
9. 骑自行车 ________________
10. 一碗米饭 ________________
Ⅱ. 阅读2b, 回答问题，把握短文主旨大意
1. Where did Jane go on vacation?
A. Penang. B. America.
C. Beijing. D. New York.
2. How was the weather on Monday?
A. Sunny and hot. B. Rainy and cool.
C. Cloudy. D. Foggy and cloudy.
3. How was the food there?
A. Just so-so. B. Terrible.
C. Not bad. D. Delicious.
4. How did they get to the top of the hill on Tuesday?
A. Took the train. B. By bike.
C. On foot. D. By car.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中decide的不同用法
... so we decided to go to the beach near our hotel. ……因此我们决定去旅馆附近的海滩。(教材第5页)
I decided that I would tell him about it.
我决定要告诉他那件事。
I can't decide who to play chess with.
我无法选定和谁下国际象棋。
【探究总结】　decide的三种常见用法
(1)decide后常接动词不定式作宾语，即decide to do sth.，意为“决定做某事”。
(2)decide后可接that引导的宾语从句。
(3)decide后可接“疑问词＋动词不定式”作宾语。
拓展
decide的名词形式为decision,意为“决定”。
【对点训练】
①Goldilocks decided ________ for a walk in the forest.
A. go B. to go
C. going D. goes
②(2015·福州)—Such beautiful flowers! I can't decide ________ for my mom.
—For Mother's Day, it can't be better to take some carnations(康乃馨)．
A. when to choose
B. which to choose
C. how to choose
2. try v. & n. 尝试；设法；努力
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会try的不同用法
My sister and I tried paragliding.
我和姐姐尝试了滑翔伞运动。(教材第5页)
I'm trying to learn English well.
我正尽力把英语学好。
【探究总结】
(1)try用作及物动词，意为“尝试；试图；设法；努力”， 后可接名词、动名词或动词不定式作宾语。
(2)辨析：try doing sth. 与try to do sth.
try doing sth.
意为“尝试做某事”，但不一定付出很多努力
try to do sth.
意为“尽力、设法去做某事”，强调想尽一切办法要把事情办成

拓展
have a try意为“试一试”；
try one's best to do sth. 意为“尽某人最大努力做某事”；
try on 意为“试穿”。
【对点训练】
①He tries ________(keep) healthy by running every day.
②谁想试一试？
Who wants to ________ ________ ________？
③试着多运动，你的体重很快就会减轻。
________ ________ more exercise, and you will soon lose weight.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
And because_of the bad weather, we couldn't see anything below. 并且因为糟糕的天气，底下的东西我们什么都看不到。(教材第5页)
She didn't buy the skirt, because it was too expensive. 她没有买那条裙子，因为太贵了。
【探究总结】　 because of与because的用法辨析
because of
短语介词，后跟名词、代词或动名词，不接句子
because
连词，引导原因状语从句，语气较强，可回答why引导的特殊疑问句。不可与so连用
【对点训练】
①I was late for school this morning ________ I stayed up too late last night.
A. because B. because of
C. so D. and
②他因病放弃了足球赛。
He gave up the football game ________ ________ his illness.
4. enough adj. & adv. 足够的(地)；充分的(地)
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
My father didn't bring enough money, so we only had one bowl of rice and some fish. 我爸爸没有带够钱，所以我们只吃了一碗米饭和一些鱼。(教材第5页)
She is old enough to go to school.
她到上学的年龄了。
【探究总结】　 enough的两种词性
(1)enough作形容词，意为“足够的；充分的”，修饰名词时，一般放在名词的前面。
(2)enough作副词，意为“足够地；充分地”，修饰形容词、副词时，放在形容词或副词的 ________(前面/后面)。
【对点训练】
Your brother isn't ________ to go to work.
A. big enough B. enough old
C. old enough D. too old
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. It was sunny and they decided ________(go) shopping.
2. Don't talk. My grandfather is trying ________(sleep)．
3. The tall ________(build) over there is our school library.
4. There are some ________(different) between American English and British English.
5. The boy finds soccer ________(enjoy) and he often plays it with his friends.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I don't feel like ________. Let's eat out.
A. cooking B. to cook
C. cooked D. cooks
2. I'm ________. Please give me some food to eat.
A. hungry B. tired
C. thirsty D. bored
3. He didn't go to the park ________ the bad weather.
A. as B. because
C. so D. because of
4. What bad weather it was! We decided ________．
A. to go out B. not to go out
C. to not go out D. not going out
5. —Alice had nothing for breakfast this morning, ________？
—No. She got up too late.
A. had she B. hadn't she
C. did she D. didn't she
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 这只狗喜欢在房子里到处走动。
The dog ________ ________ ________ the house.
2.谁也不知道是什么时候开始下雨的。
No one knows when it ________ ________.
3.昨天聚会上，我感觉自己像个孩子一样。
I ________ ________ a child at the party yesterday.
4. 晚饭后他又玩了两个小时的电脑游戏。
He played computer games for ________ ________ hours after supper.
5. 我到达南京的时候天已经很晚了。
When I ________ ________ Nanjing, it was very late.

Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 查清楚 ____________
2. 继续 ____________
3. 升起 ____________
4. 到达 ____________
5. jump up and down ____________
6. the last five hours ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你吃了什么食物？
________ ________ did you ________？
2. 你有什么不喜欢的吗？
Did you ________ ________？
3. 你觉得这次旅行怎么样？
________ did you ________ ________ the trip?
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
so ... that ... 引导的结果状语从句
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
My legs were so tired that I wanted to stop.
我的双腿太累了以至于我想停下来。(教材第8页)
He gets up early every morning so_that he can catch the early bus.
他每天早晨早起以便能赶上早班公共汽车。
【探究总结】　so ... that ... 与so that的用法辨析
so ... that ...
意为“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句。句中的so为副词，常用来修饰形容词或副词
so that
意为“以便，为了”，引导目的状语从句，常与may, can, will等连用

so ... that ...可与(not)... enough to do或too ... to ... 结构转换。
Her son is so young that he can't go to school.＝Her son isn't old enough to go to school.＝Her son is too young to go to school.
她儿子太小了，还不能去上学。
【对点训练】
这道题如此难以至于我做不出来。
The question is ________ ________ ________ I can't work it out.
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元话题为“节日与假期”，与之相关的话题作文主要围绕节日与假期活动而展开。文中要包含地点、活动、人物、饮食及天气等内容。
【写作任务】
10月1日，你们班组织了一次郊游。请根据表格提示，发挥想象，写一篇英语日记，描述这次旅行。
Date
October 1st, Wednesday
Weather
fine
Place
beach
Feeling
great
People
friendly
Activities
swim, play beach volleyball, eat seafood
要求：1. 要点齐全，可适当发挥。
2. 70词左右。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称
2. 时态：一般过去时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)开篇点题：点明天气并陈述周三所进行的活动。
(2)详细描述：参与对象、具体活动等。
(3)所感所思：度过了快乐的一天。
4. 语句储备：
(1)The weather was ...
(2)We went to ... with ...
(3)... had a great time.
【汇思成篇】
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. We didn't buy ________(something) special in Beijing last vacation.
2. The food is terrible. We ________(like) it.
3. Did you go with ________(someone) to the mountains?
4. We ________(take) lots of photos when we were in Hainan.
5. —When ________ you ________(start) your trip yesterday?
—At six in the morning.
Ⅱ. 句型转换
1. Did you enjoy yourself last night? (改为同义句)
Did you ________ ________ ________ ________ last night?
2. I didn't like to eat fish in the past. (改为同义句)
I ________ ________ ________ fish in the past.
3. He went to Hong_Kong on vacation. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ he go on vacation?
4. How did you like the party last night? (改为同义句)
________ did you ________ about the party last night?
5. I was too tired to walk. (改为同义句)
I was ________ tired ________ I couldn't walk.




单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. There is n________ you can do to help.
2. I forgot to take an u________ with me, so I get wet.
3. I have e________ money to buy the house.
4. We are h________. Could you get us some bread?
5. I like apples, but my sister d__________ them.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1.相当多 ____________
2. 大部分时间 ____________
3. 玩得开心 ____________
4. 当然 ____________
5. 到达 ____________
6. 决定做某事 ____________
7. 试着做某事 ____________
8. 感觉起来像 ____________
9. wait for ____________
10. too many ____________
11. because of ____________
12. another two hours ____________
13. so ... that ... ____________
14. up and down ____________
15. keep doing sth. ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. ——他上周去哪里度假了？
—________ ________ he go ________ ________ last week?
——他去爬山了。
—He ________ to the mountains.
2. 你是和你爸爸一起去的北京吗？
________ you go to Beijing ________ your father?
3.　——这个假期你做了什么特别的事情吗？
—Did you do ________ ________ this vacation?
——是的。我帮助一个孩子学英语了。
—Yes. I ________ a child ________ English.
4. 三亚的天气如何？
________ ________ the weather in Sanya?
5. 你发现什么活动有趣？
________ ________ do you find enjoyable?
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. My sister ________(get) up at six o'clock every day. But yesterday she ________(get) up at half past six.
2. Don't talk. We ________(do) homework.
3. ________ you ________(visit) your aunt last Sunday?
4. I ________(take) a long walk on my way home yesterday.
5. —What did you do last weekend?
—I ________(stay) at home and watched TV.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Is ________ here?
A. something B. someone
C. anything D. anyone
2. —What are you going to do this weekend?
—I'm not sure. I want to do ________.
A. something interesting
B. interesting something
C. anything interesting
D. interesting anything
3. I ________ out last vacation. I stayed at home most of the time.
A. don't go B. didn't go
C. went D. go
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
something, anything, nothing等不定代词，myself等反身代词，(短语)动词decide、feel like的用法等。
1. (2015· 广东)—Look at this model ship. I made it all by ________ last week.
—Wow, you are so smart!
A. me B. my C. mine D. myself
2. (2015·黔西南) I'm busy now. I have ________ to do.
A. anything important
B. something important
C. important anything
D. important something
3. (2015· 南京)—What would you like to drink?
—I'm very thirsty. ________ you can get. Just get it now.
A. Anything B. Something
C. Nothing D. Other things
4. (2015·遂宁)They decided ________ a bridge over the river.
A. build B. to build C. building
5. (2015 ·泉州)I have a bad cold. I don't feel like ________ anything.
A. to eat B. eating
C. Eat


参考答案
Unit 1　Where did you go on vacation?
Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. go to summer camp　2. go to the mountains　3. take photos　4. quite a few
5. most of the time
6. 复习备考　7. 任何有趣的地方　8. 待在家里
Ⅱ. 1. Where did; go　2. Did; go; anyone
3. Did; do anything
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (1)单数　(2)可接；肯定句
[对点训练] ①Any one　②B　③C
2. [探究总结] 疑问句；肯定句
[对点训练] ①A　②C
3. [对点训练] ①C　②B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. wonderful　2. photos　3. anywhere　
4. someone　5. anything
Ⅱ. 1—5　BDBCA
Ⅲ. 1. Where did　2. Did; go　3. What did; do　4. didn't do　5. he did; he didn't
Section A (Grammar Focus－3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 在度假　2. 玩得高兴　3. 在乡下　
4. 记日记
5. go out　6. taste good　7. of course
8. at a restaurant
Ⅱ. 1. Where; go　2. How is/was; Everything tastes/tasted　3. How; like　4. bought; for; myself
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 肯定句；否定句
[对点训练] ①B　②C
2. [对点训练] ①to be; to cry　②It seems; is
[语法聚焦]
1. [对点训练] ①didn't feed　②Did; want; anything
③Where did; go
2. [探究总结] (3)①单数　②之后　③肯定； 否定　④肯定
[对点训练] ①D　②A
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. myself　2. bored　3. fed　4. to be　
5. shopping
Ⅱ. 1. have a good time　2. It seems that　
3. How; like　4. Why don't you　
5. bought him
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. delicious—terrible; expensive—cheap；
happy—sad; boring—interesting
Ⅱ. 1. Where　2. What　3. swimming　
4. delicious　5. friendly
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1—5　CDACA
Ⅱ. 1. How were　2. Where; go　3. Why not　4. Did; go　5. Who; go
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 到达　2. 喜欢做某事　3. 决定做某事　4. 乘火车　5. 忘记做某事　6. feel like　7. walk around　8. because of　9. ride bicycles　10. a bowl of rice
Ⅱ. 1. A　2. A　3. D　4. A
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①B　②B
2. [对点训练] ①to keep　②have a try　③Try doing
3. [对点训练] ①A　②because of
4. [探究总结] (2)后面
[对点训练] C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to go　2. to sleep　3. building　
4. differences　5. enjoyable
Ⅱ. 1－5　AADBC
Ⅲ. 1. enjoys walking around　2. started raining　3. felt like　4. another two　
5. arrived in
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. find out　2. go on　3. come up　
4. get to　5. 跳上跳下　6. 过去的5个小时
Ⅱ. 1. What food; eat　2. dislike anything
3. How; feel about
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] so difficult that
[写作指导]
One possible version：
Wednesday, October 1st Fine
The weather was fine today. I went to the beach with my classmates. First, we went swimming in the sea. Then, we played beach volleyball. When we were tired, we could relax on the beach. At noon, we ate seafood in a restaurant and it was delicious. The people were friendly to us there.
We all had a great time! I want to go there again.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. anything　2. dislike　3. anyone　
4. took　5. did; start
Ⅱ. 1. have a good/great time　2. disliked to eat　
3. Where did　4. How; feel　5. so; that
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. nothing　2. umbrella　3. enough　
4. hungry　5. dislikes
[短语速译]
1. quite a few　2. most of the time　3. have a good time　4. of course　5. arrive at/in　
6. decide to do sth.　7. try doing sth.　
8. feel like　9. 等待　10. 太多　11. 因为　12. 再过两个小时　13. 如此……以至于
14. 上上下下　15. 一直做某事
[句型闯关]
1. Where did; on vacation; went　2. Did; with
3. anything special; helped; learn　4. How was　
5. What activities
[语法专练]
Ⅰ. 1. gets; got　2. are doing　3. Did; visit
4. took　5. stayed
Ⅱ. 1－3　DAB
[真题演练]
1. D　考查反身代词的用法。句意：——看这个轮船模型。上周我自己制作的。——哇，你太聪明了！by oneself“独自”。故选D。
2. B　考查形容词修饰不定代词的用法。句意：我现在很忙。我有一些重要的事要做。形容词修饰不定代词放在其后。肯定句中用something，否定句和疑问句中用anything，故选B。
3. A　句意：——你想要喝什么？——我很渴，你有什么饮料，现在就拿给我。 anything“任何东西”；something“某件东西”；nothing“没有”；other things“其他的物品”。故选A。
4. B　考查非谓语动词。句意：他们决定在河上面建造一座桥。decide to do sth.意为“决定做某事”。故选B。
5. B　考查非谓语动词。句意：我患了重感冒。我不想吃任何东西。feel like doing sth.意为“想做某事”。故选B。



Unit 2　How often do you exercise?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 帮着做家务 ____________
2. 几乎不 ____________
3. 每周一次 ____________
4. 每月两次 ____________
5. 使用互联网 ____________
6. on weekends ____________
7. go shopping ____________
8. go to the movies ____________
Ⅱ. 完成对话，明确本课重点句型
1. —________ ________ do you exercise?
—Twice a week.
2.—________ ________ you usually ________ on weekends?
—I usually go shopping with my mother.
3. —________ your favorite program?
—Animal World.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
He hardly_ever watches TV. 他几乎不看电视。
Mary can hardly speak Chinese.
玛丽几乎不会说中文。
Tom studies hard but his brother hardly studies.
汤姆学习很用功但是他的弟弟几乎什么也不学。
【探究总结】　hardly与hard的用法辨析



hardly
hardly副词，表示________(肯定/否定)意义，常与can/could或ever等词连用
hardly通常用在助动词、be动词或情态动词________(之前/之后)，实义动词________(之前/之后)

hard
hard用作形容词，意为“困难的；硬的”
hard用作副词，意为“努力地；猛烈地”

注意
hardly虽然在构词上可以看作由hard+-ly构成，但是它并不是hard的副词形式。
【对点训练】
①他几乎不会说汉语。
He _______ ______ Chinese.
②他努力地看黑板，但是几乎什么也看不见。
He looked ________ at the blackboard but could ________ see anything.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
—How_often do you watch TV? 你多久看一次电视？
—Twice a week. 一周两次。(教材第10页)
—How_long will you stay here? 你将在这儿待多久？
—For two weeks. 两周。
—How_soon will Sam be back? 萨姆再过多久回来？
—He'll be back in an hour. 他将在一小时后回来。
—How_many_times do you watch TV every week?
你每周看多少次电视？
—Three times. 三次。
【探究总结】
(1)how often表示“多久一次”，用于询问动作频率，答语常用once/twice/three times a week/month ...及always, sometimes, hardly ever, never等。
(2)how often与其他常见特殊疑问词的用法辨析
how often
“多久一次”， 提问在某一特定的时间里某个动作发生的次数
how ________
“(延续)多长时间”，答语常用for或since引导
how ________
“还要多久……”，常用于将来时态，答语常用“in＋一段时间”
how ________
“多少次”，提问次数，其答语为once, twice, three times 等
【对点训练】
①My brother plays basketball twice_a_week. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ does your brother play basketball?
②他借那本杂志多久了？
________ ________ has he kept the magazine?
③—________ do you take art lessons a week?
—Three or four times.
A. How long B. How many times
C. How soon D. How often
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. My father sometimes ________(go) to work by bike.
2. My grandpa often ________(exercise) in the park.
3. —How often do you go to the movies?
—I go to the movies ________(one) a month.
4. They use the Internet four ________(time) a week.
5. There is nothing in the fridge. Do you want ________(go) shopping with me?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —________ does your brother play football?
—Three times a week.
A. How often B. How long
C. How many times D. How many
2. —________ is your favorite program?
—Running Man.
A. When B. What
C. How D. Where
3. —Are you free today?
—No, today is ________ for me.
A. free B. empty
C. hungry D. full
4. I go to the library twice a week, ________ Wednesday and Saturday.
A. in B. at
C. with D. on
5. I like English, so I ________ read it in the morning.
A. usually B. hardly ever
C. never D. ever
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1.看电视 _____________
2. 踢足球 ______________
3. 至少 ______________
4. stay up late ______________
5. eat a healthy breakfast ______________
6. play sports ______________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我经常帮妈妈做家务。
I often ________ Mum ________ ________．
2. ——你多久看一次电影？
—________ ________ do you go to the movies?
——一月两次。
—________ ________ month.
3. 我几乎不喝牛奶。
I ________ ________ drink milk.
4. ——你的父母经常运动吗？
—________ your parents often ________ sports?
——是的，每天都运动。
—Yes, every day.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
I go to the movies maybe once a month.
我大概一个月去看一次电影。(教材第11页)
Maybe you are right. 或许你是正确的。
You may_be interested in this book.
你可能对这本书感兴趣。
【探究总结】 　maybe 与may be的区别
maybe
副词，意为“大概；或许；可能”，常置于________，也可置于句中
may be
“情态动词may＋动词原形be”，意为“可能是；或许是”，在句中作谓语
【对点训练】
①He may be a student. (改为同义句)
________ he is a student.
②Tom ________ in the library now. I met him at the library door just now.
A. may be B. can't be
C. maybe D. isn't
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考句中频度副词的用法
They often help with housework.
他们经常帮着做家务。(教材第11页)
She sometimes goes shopping. 她有时去购物。(教材第11页)
—How often does Sam watch TV?
萨姆多久看一次电视？
—He hardly_ever watches TV.
他几乎从不看电视。
This job will never be finished.
这项工作永远也不会完成。
He is always ready to help others.
他总是乐意帮助别人。
【探究总结】
(1)频度副词的含义
表示动作频率的副词叫作频度副词。本单元所学的频度副词按频率发生的高低依次为always>usually> often> sometimes>hardly (ever)>never。

(2)频度副词的用法
①频度副词在句中位于be动词、助动词或情态动词________(之前/之后)，实义动词 ________(之前/之后)。对频度副词提问用 ________。
②频度副词通常和一般现在时连用，表示现在经常或反复发生的动作或存在的状态。

【对点训练】
①He watches TV once_a_week. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ does he watch TV?
②After the long trip, I was so tired that I could ________ walk any longer.
A. always B. hardly
C. sometimes D. never
③Meals are very boring. He ________ has the same thing to eat every day.
A. never B. usually
C. sometimes D. hardly ever
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. We often go ________(swim) in the afternoon in summer.
2. ________ your father ________(get) up early every morning?
3. My little brother ________(drink) milk every morning.
4. Vegetables are ________(health) food. My mum likes to eat them.
5. We usually ________(sleep) for seven hours every night. What about you?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —________ she do on weekends?
—She often helps her mother.
A. How do B. How does
C. What do D. What does
2. —I saw you come to school by bus this morning.
—Oh, I ________ come to school by bus, but it is raining today.
A. hardly B. always
C. sometimes D. usually
3. —________ do you read English?
—Every morning.
A. What time B. How often
C. How long D. How soon
4. My grandfather walks at ________ two hours every day, so he is very healthy.
A. little B. least
C. few D. less
5. Bill plays basketball ________．
A. two a week B. twice
C. twice a week D. two times a week

Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 垃圾食品 ______________
2. 想让我喝牛奶 ______________
3. 对……有好处 ______________
4. good habits ______________
5. drink coffee ______________
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. want sb. to do sth. 想要某人做某事
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
But my mother wants me to drink it.
但我妈妈想要我喝它。(教材第12页)
They want good jobs. 他们想要好工作。
Did you want to tell me anything?
你是不是想告诉我什么事情？
【探究总结】　
(1)want sb. to do sth. “想要某人做某事”，否定式为want sb. not to do sth.，意为“不想要某人做某事”。
(2)want “要，想要”，与would like同义，后可接名词、代词、动词不定式。
feel like也表示“想要”，但其后接动词时要用v.-ing形式，即feel like doing sth.，意为“想要做某事”。
【对点训练】
①The movie is boring. I want ________(go) home now.
②爸爸想让我每天做运动。
Dad ________ ________ ________ ________ sports every day.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考good的相关短语的不同含义
She says it's_good_for my health.
她说它对我的健康有好处。(教材第12页)
Miss Liu is_good_to us. 刘小姐对我们很好。
My friend Bill is_good_at English.
我的朋友比尔擅长英语。
Are you good_with the kids in your school?
你和学校里的孩子相处得好吗？
【探究总结】　 good的相关短语辨析
be good for
意为“对……有好处”，反义词组：be bad for 对……有害
be good to
意为“对……友好(和善、慈爱)”，相当于be friendly/kind to，后面一般接人
be good at
意为“擅长，善于”，后接名词、代词或动名词，相当于do well in
be good with
意为“和……相处得好”，相当于get on well with
【对点训练】
①我们都知道吸烟对健康有害。
We all know that smoking ________ ________ ________ our health.
②My cousin is good at ________(dance).
③我们应该对老人好一些。
We should be ________ ________ old people.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用方框中所给词的适当形式填空
　coffee, vegetable, healthy, junk, sleep　
1. I like to eat________ food, although it's not good for my health.
2. The baby ________ ten hours every night.
3. Tom likes to have a cup of ________ in the morning.
4. We should eat a lot of ________ and fruit, but little meat.
5. I think ________ is very important, so I exercise every day.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. There are a few ________ but little ________ in the cupboard.
A. apples; coffee B. coffee; apples
C. apple; coffees D. apple; coffee
2. We should exercise more to ________ in good health.
A. want B. make
C. have D. keep
3. ________ hours do the students in this school sleep every night?
A. How many B. How much
C. How old D. How long
4. My parents want me ________ hard at school.
A. work B. works
C. working D. to work
5. Fruit and vegetables are good ________ your health.
A. for B. to
C. with D. at

Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. play sports ________________
2. not ... at all ________________
3. the answer to ________________
4. 上网 go ______________
5.例如 such_____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 以下是结果。
________ ________ the results.
2.我们感到惊讶的是90%的学生每天都上网。
We ________ ________ that ________ ________ of the students ________ ________ every day.
3.通过使用网络或观看游戏节目来放松是很好的。
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ by using the Internet or watching game shows.
4. 我认为最好的放松方式是通过锻炼。
I think ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ is ________ ________．
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. although conj. 虽然；尽管；即使
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Although many students like to watch sports, game shows are the most popular. 虽然很多学生喜欢看体育类节目，但游戏类节目是最受欢迎的。(教材第13页)
Maybe I'm not very healthy, although I have a healthy habit. 尽管我有一个健康的习惯，但我可能不是很健康。
【探究总结】　 although的两种常见用法
(1)although连词，意为“虽然；尽管”，引导让步状语从句，相当于though。其引导的从句既可位于主句之前，也可位于主句之后。
(2)although与but ________(能/不能)同时出现在一个句子中。
【对点训练】
①________ the girl is very young, ________ she can look after her grandmother.
A. Although; but B. But; although
C. Although; / D. But; /
②尽管他学习非常努力，但是考试没有及格。
________ ________ ________ ________， he failed the exam.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义及用法
... but we think the best way to relax is through exercise. ……但是我们认为最好的放松方式是通过锻炼。(教材第13页)
The river runs through our village.
这条河穿过我们的村庄。
The old man walked across the road.
这个老人走过了马路。
We must go over the mountain.
我们必须越过那座山。
【探究总结】
(1)through介词，意为“凭借；穿过”，其后可接名词、代词或动名词。
(2)through与across, over意思相近，其区别如下：
词汇
含义及用法
图解
through
“通过，穿过”，表示动作是在某一空间内进行的，强调从内部穿过

across
“横过，横穿”，表示动作是在某一物体的表面进行的，强调从一边到另一边

over
“从……上方跨过”，多指空间范围上“越过”

【对点训练】
①通过努力学习，你可以获得好的成绩。
You can get good grades ________ working hard.
②—Where is the bookstore?
—Go ________ the street and you'll see it on your left.
A. through B. across
C. cross D. over
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 单项选择
1. Thirty-five ________ of the students ________ far from school.
A. percent; lives B. percent; live
C. percents; lives D. percents; live
2. —How do you learn English, Toby?
—I often practice English ________ talking ________ my American friends.
A. in; to B. by; of
C. by; with D. with; with
3. ________ she is only five years old, ________ she can almost do all the housework.
A. Although; but B. Although; /
C. Although; so D. But; /
4. —Do you know the answer ________ this question?
—Sorry, I don't know.
A. to B. on
C. of D. with
5. I like exercise such as ________ baseball and tennis.
A. to play B. to playing
C. playing D. played
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 你多久玩一次电脑游戏？
How often do you ________ ________ ________？
2. 我认为放松的最好方式是跑步。
I think the best way ________ ________ is running.
3. 我们都认为“旧习难改”。
We all think “Old habits ________ ________”．
4. 他一周看三四次电视。
He watches TV ________ ________ ________ times a week.
5.对我们来说，和外教用英语交谈很有趣。
________ is interesting for us ________ ________ with the foreign teachers in English.
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 16岁的高中生 ____________
2. 超过两小时 ____________
3. 看牙医 ____________
4. 少于 ____________
5. drink juice ____________
6. teeth cleaning ____________
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
—How many hours do you watch TV every week?
你一周看多少小时电视？
—None. 根本不看。(教材第16页)
None_of that money on the table is mine.
桌上没有一分钱是我的。
—Is there anyone at home? 家里有人吗？
—No_one. 没有人。
—Who is in the next room? 谁在隔壁？
—No_one. 没有人。
【探究总结】 　none与no one的用法辨析
none
no one
可指人或物
只能指________(人/物)
其后常与of连用
其后不能与of连用
作主语时，谓语动词用单数或复数
作主语时，谓语动词用单数
常用于回答how many/much引导的特殊疑问句或含有any＋名词的一般疑问句
常用于回答who引导的特殊疑问句或含有anyone, anybody的一般疑问句
【对点训练】
①—How many birds can you see in the tree?
—________. All the birds have flown away.
A. None B. No one
C. Nothing D. A few
②没有人知道如何解决这个问题。
________ ________ knew how to solve the problem.
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元话题为“业余活动”，与之相关的话题作文主要体现为“健康生活”。在围绕饮食、锻炼及生活习惯等内容时必然要涉及活动的频率，描述人们的生活方式及饮食习惯。
【写作任务】
健康的生活习惯对于成长中的我们非常重要。请以How to keep healthy 为题谈谈你的看法。
提示：1. 健康饮食。 2. 锻炼身体。
3. 良好的生活习惯。
要求：1.词数80～100(标题已给出，不计入总词数)。
2.字迹工整，语言流畅，表达准确，逻辑清晰。
3. 文章内容可适当发挥。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称
2. 时态：一般现在时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：健康很重要，那么怎样才能保持健康？
(2)提出观点：健康饮食、锻炼身体并养成良好的生活习惯。
(3)回扣主题：如果我们都这样做，保持健康很容易。
4. 语句储备：
(1)try to do sth. 　(2)It's good/bad for ...
(3)It's good to relax by doing sth.
(4)stay up late
【汇思成篇】
How to keep healthy
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. How often ________ your brother ________(exercise)?
2. My sister ________(drink) milk every morning and she is quite healthy.
3. Do you often go to the dentist for teeth ________(clean)?
4. My grandmother likes to take exercise every day and she is ________(real) healthy.
5. My father never ________(eat) hamburgers when he was young.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. We'd better not eat junk food, ________ it is delicious.
A. although B. and
C. so D. because
2. —What does Linda often do in the evening?
—She often ________ her homework, but she ________ TV yesterday evening.
A. do; watches
B. is doing; watched
C. does; watched
D. is doing; was watching
3. The man was so tired that he could ________ go on with his work.
A. easily B. hardly
C. nearly D. almost
4. She comes to school on time every day, and she is ________ late.
A. often B. usually
C. never D. always
5. Tom's sister is ________ and he also has a ________ brother.
A. 5 year old; 6 year old
B. 5 years old; 6 years old
C. 5-year-old; 6-year-old
D. 5 years old; 6-year-old
单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. They have P．E. class ________(两次) a week.
2. Mrs. Dean ________(去世) half a year ago.
3. If you want to be in good ________， you should eat more ________ food. (health)
4. There're many ________ between ________ countries.(different)
5. The girl wants to be a ________(write) when she grows up.
6. We should eat more vegetables and ________(little) meat.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1.几乎从不　 ____________
2. 摇摆舞 ____________
3. 至少 ____________
4. 垃圾食品 ____________
5. 多于 ____________
6. 去购物 ____________
7. 熬夜 ____________
8. 对……有好处 ____________
9. 少于 ____________
10. on weekends ____________
11. help with housework ____________
12. use the Internet ____________
13. not ... at all ____________
14. such as ____________
15. teeth cleaning ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 你在星期天通常做什么？
________ ________ you usually ________ on Sunday?
2. 他多久做一次早饭？
________ ________ ________ he make a breakfast?
3. 父母想让我每天早晨锻炼身体。
My parents want ________ ________ ________ every morning.
4. 学好英语对你来说是很简单的。
________ ________ ________ for you ________ ________ English well.
5. 我们班95%的学生每天早晨按时到校。
Ninety-five ________ ________ the students in our class ________ to school on time every morning.
6. 我们感到惊奇的是他没上过网。
We are ________ ________ he has never gone online.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. Miss Lin's classes are ________ interesting. I like them.
A. hardly B. never
C. seldom D. always
2. Bill is ________ late for class. His teachers all like him.
A. often B. always
C. never D. sometimes
3. Lucy is ________ thinking of others. She is a kind girl.
A. often B. always
C. never D. sometimes
4. Tina goes to the movies once_a_month. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ ________ Tina go to the movies?
5. Sue usually uses the Internet. (改为一般疑问句)
________ Sue usually ________ the Internet?
6. Joe does his homework on Sundays. (改为否定句)
Joe ________ ________ his homework on Sundays.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
频度副词、how often等特殊疑问词的用法辨析、连词though/although、介词through及不定代词none的用法等。
1. (2015·重庆)I could ________ hear what you said just now. Could you please say that again?
A. sometimes B. always
C. hardly D. clearly
2. (2015·福州)—________ does your father go to the fitness center?
—He exercises there twice a week.
A. How soon B. How often
C. How long
3. (2014·成都)Li Ke ________ runs in the morning, for he wants to be healthy.
A. never B. often
C. hardly
4. (2015·福州)________ my cousin is very young, ________ she can help with the housework.
A. Once; 不填 B. Though; but
C. Although; 不填
5. (2015·镇江)Ma Yun, the Chairperson of Alibaba Group, has made much money ________ the Internet.
A. through B. along
C. across D. towards
6. (2015·济南)—How many hours do you play computer games every week?
—________. My mother doesn't allow me to do that at all.
A. Both B. Either
C. All D. None



































































参考答案
Unit 2　How often do you exercise?
Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. help with housework　2. hardly ever　
3. once a week　4. twice a month　5. use the Internet　6. 在周末　7. 去购物　8. 去看电影
Ⅱ. 1. How often　2. What do; do　3. What's
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 否定；之后；之前
[对点训练] ①hardly speaks　②hard; hardly
2. [探究总结] long; soon; many times
[对点训练] ①How often　②How long　③B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. goes　2. exercises　3. once　4. times　5. to go
Ⅱ. 1－5　ABDDA
Section A (Grammar Focus－3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. watch TV　2. play soccer　3. at least　4. 熬夜到很晚　5. 吃顿健康的早餐　6. 做运动
Ⅱ. 1. help; with housework　2. How often; Twice a　3. hardly ever　4. Do; play
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] 句首
[对点训练] ①Maybe　②A
[语法聚焦]
[探究总结] (2)①之后；之前；how often
[对点训练] ①How often　②B　③B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. swimming　2. Does; get　3. drinks　
4. healthy　5. sleep
Ⅱ. 1－5　DABBC
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
1. junk food　2. want me to drink milk　
3. be good for　4. 好习惯　5. 喝咖啡
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①to go　②wants me to play
2. [对点训练] ①is bad for　②dancing　③good to
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. junk　2. sleeps　3. coffee　
4. vegetables　5. health
Ⅱ. 1－5　ADADA
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 做运动　2. 一点也不　3. ……的答案　4. online　5. as
Ⅱ. 1. Here are　2. are surprised; ninety percent; go online　3. It is good to relax
4. the best way to relax; through exercise
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (2)不能
[对点训练] ①C　②Although he worked hard
2. [对点训练] ①through　②B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1—5　BCBAC
Ⅱ. 1. play computer games　2. to relax　
3. die hard　4. three or four　5. It; to talk
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
1. 16-year-old high school student　
2. more than two hours　3. go to the dentist　4. less than　5. 喝果汁　6. 刷牙
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] 人
[对点训练] ①A　②No one
[写作指导]
One possible version：
How to keep healthy
It is very important to keep healthy. But do you know how to keep healthy?
Firstly, breakfast is necessary. It gives us energy for the morning. We must also have the right kind of food. Try to eat more fruit and vegetables, but less junk food. Don't forget to wash your hands before meals. Secondly, it's good for us to take exercise. Exercise will keep us active and strong. Thirdly, I think staying up late is bad for our health. We should go to bed early and get up early. Lastly, it's good to relax by listening to music or chatting.
I'm sure if we do like that, we can keep healthy easily.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. does; exercise　2. drinks　3. cleaning　
4. really　5. ate
Ⅱ. 1－5　ACBCD
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. twice　2. died　3. health; healthy
4. differences; different　5. writer　6. less

[短语速译]
1. hardly ever　2. swing dance　3. at least　
4. junk food　5. more than　6. go shopping　7. stay up　8. be good for　9. less than　
10. 在周末　11. 帮助做家务　12. 使用因特网　13. 一点也不　14. 例如　15. 刷牙
[句型闯关]
1. What do; do　2. How often does　3. me to exercise　4. It's very easy; to learn　
5. percent of; get　6. surprised that
[语法专练]
1—3　DCB　4. How often does　
5. Does; use　6. doesn't do
[真题演练]
1. C　考查副词辨析。句意：刚才我几乎没听见你所说的话。请你再说一遍好吗？sometimes“有时”；always“总是；一直”；hardly“几乎不”；clearly“清楚地”。由后一句话可知“我”没听清“你”说的话，故选C。
2. B　考查疑问词组的辨析。句意：——你爸爸多久去健身中心一次？——他一周在那里锻炼两次。how soon“还要多久”，对“in＋一段时间”提问；how often“多久一次”，对频率提问；how long“多长时间”，对“for＋一段时间”提问。故选B。
3. B　考查副词辨析。由后半句“因为他想要健康”可知，李可早上经常跑步。never“从不”；often“经常”；hardly“几乎不”。故选B。
4. C　考查连词的用法。句意：虽然我的堂妹很小，但她能帮助做家务。前后句之间为转折关系，因此应用although或though，但它们均不与but连用，故选C。
5. A　考查介词的辨析。句意：马云，阿里巴巴集团主席，通过网络赚了许多钱。through“通过”；along“沿着”；across“穿过”；towards“朝，向”。故选A。
6. D　考查代词辨析。句意：——每周你打几个小时电脑游戏？——没有。我母亲根本不允许我打电脑游戏。both“两者”； either“(两者之中)任何一个”；all“所有的”；none“(不确定数目中)一个也没有”。故选D。


Unit 3　I'm more outgoing than my sister.
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. more ... than ________________
2. have fun ________________
3. ……和……都…… ________________
4. 和……一样…… ________________
5. 唱歌比赛 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 萨姆的头发比汤姆的长。
Sam has ________ hair ________ Tom.
2. 蒂娜唱歌比塔拉声音大。
Tina sings ________ ________ ________ Tara.
3. 蒂娜学习和萨姆一样努力。
Tina works ________ ________ ________ Sam.
4. 内莉舞跳得比莉萨好。
Nelly ________ ________ than Lisa.
5. 但是最重要的事情是学到一些新东西并且玩得开心。
But the most important thing is ________ ________ something new and have fun.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. both adj.&pron. 两个；两个都
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Both Sam and Tom can play the drums, but Sam plays them better than Tom. 萨姆和汤姆都会敲鼓，但是萨姆敲得比汤姆好。(教材第17页)
The books are both interesting. 这两本书都很有趣。
Both_of them can speak English.
他们两个都会说英语。
Both the children like playing the guitar.
两个孩子都喜欢弹吉他。
【探究总结】　 both的用法
(1)both A and B 意为“A和B都……；既A又B”。
(2)用作代词，意为“两个(都)；两者(都)”，作主语时谓语动词用复数。常位于be动词、情态动词、助动词________(之前/之后)，实义动词 ________(之前/之后)。常用结构：both of＋代词宾格/复数名词。
(3)用作形容词，意为“两者的；双方的”，修饰名词时常放在the, these或形容词
性物主代词之前。

点拨
both 与all 的区别在于both用于两者之间,all用于三者或三者以上。




【对点训练】
①I have two brothers, and ________ of them are working in the west of China.
A. all B. both
C. one D. either
②我妹妹既会唱歌，也会跳舞。
My sister can ________ sing ________ dance.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Tara works as hard as Tina.
塔拉学习和蒂娜一样努力。(教材第18页)
My father is as tall as my uncle.
我爸爸和叔叔一样高。
This movie is not_as/so interesting as that one.
这部电影不如那部电影有趣。
【探究总结】
(1)as ... as ... 意为“和……一样……”，表示两者在某一方面相同时，用“as＋形容词或副词的原级＋as”结构。
(2)表示一方在某一方面不如另一方时，用“not as/so＋形容词或副词的原级＋as”结构，意为“不如……”。
【对点训练】
①I think listening is as ________ as speaking in language learning.
A. important
B. more important
C. most important
D. the most important
②Bill is taller than Tom. (改为同义句)
Tom isn't ________ ________ ________ Bill.


【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
You can tell that Lisa really wanted to win,_though. 不过，你能看得出来，莉萨确实想赢。(教材第18页)
Li Lei beat Jim and won the first place.
李磊战胜了吉姆，获得了第一名。
【探究总结】　win与beat的用法辨析
win
意为“赢得”，其后的宾语不是竞争对手，而是比赛、战争或奖品等
beat

意为“战胜；打败”，其后的宾语可以是人或集体，表示一方赢了另一方

助记








【对点训练】
We are sure we can ________ them and ________ the match.
A. win; beat B. beat; beat
C. win; win D. beat; win
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Tom walked into his room ________(quiet)．
2. I think the book is ________(funny) than that one.
3. That can't be Anna. She is ________(thin) than Anna.
4. Jim plays basketball ________(well) than me.
5. I can't hear you ________(clear). Can you say that again?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Boys, don't speak so ________. Your grandma is sleeping now.
A. quietly B. easily
C. loudly D. quickly
2. The girl likes history very much, ________ she?
A. is B. isn't
C. does D. doesn't
3. There are some differences between Lucy and Lily, ________ they are twin sisters.
A. because B. though
C. if D. so
4. —Why does Bob always practice playing the violin?
—Because he wants to ________ the music competition next week.
A. break B. keep
C. win D. make
5. Li Lei is as ________ as his father.
A. funny and outgoing
B. more funnier and outgoing
C. funnier and more outgoing
D. more funny and outgoing
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 单词分类，了解比较级的构成
tall, hard-working, smart, outgoing, fast，long, short, important, hard



1. _________________________
2. _________________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 蒂娜比塔拉更外向。
Tina is ________ ________ ________ Tara.
2. 你和你的妹妹一样友好吗？
Are you ________ ________ ________ your sister?
3. 谁更聪明， 你的妈妈还是你的爸爸？
Who is ________， your mother ________ your father?
【合作探究·破疑难】
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会比较级的构成及用法
She is shorter than her brother. 她比她弟弟个子矮。
Bob dances better than Frank.
鲍勃跳舞比弗兰克好。
I think Linda sings more_clearly than Lucy.
我认为琳达唱歌比露西清楚。
The weather is getting hotter_and_hotter．
天气变得越来越热了。
The_busier he is, the_happier he feels.
他越忙越感到高兴。
Which is bigger, this one or that one?
哪一个更大，这个还是那个？
【探究总结】
1. 含义
大多数形容词和副词都有三个等级：原级、比较级和最高级。比较级用于两者(人或事物)之间的比较，说明“前者比后者更……”。
2. 构成
(1)形容词和副词比较级的规则变化
构成方法
例词
一般在词尾加-er
calm→calmer
smart→smarter
以字母e结尾的词，在词尾加-r
nice →nicer
fine →finer
以“辅音字母＋y”结尾的双音节词，把“y”变为“i”，再加“-er”
early→earlier
happy→happier
重读闭音节词且词尾只有一个辅音字母，双写该辅音字母，再加-er
big→bigger
thin→thinner
多音节和部分双音节词在词前加more
outgoing→
more outgoing
(2)形容词和副词比较级的不规则变化
good/well→better　many/much→more
bad/badly→worse　little →less
far →farther/further 　old→older/elder
3. 用法
(1)主语＋动词(be动词/实义动词)＋形容词/副词的比较级＋than＋比较对象，意为“……比……更……”。
(2)比较级＋and＋比较级或more and more＋原级(多音节或部分双音节词)，意为“越来越……”。
(3)the＋比较级，the＋比较级，意为“越……，就越……”。
(4)“Which＋be＋比较级，A or B？” 表示“A和B，哪一个更……？”。
提示
英语中能修饰形容词/副词比较级的单词或短语有：much, even, far, a lot, still, a little, a bit, a great deal等。
【对点训练】
①Jack is ________(funny) than Bill.
②Her illness was ________(serious) than the doctor first thought.
③Which is ________(good), this one or that one?
④Tony is much ________(clever) than Tom.
⑤China is becoming ________(strong) and ________(strong)．
⑥The ________(many) books you read, the ________(much) you will know.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用方框中所给词的适当形式填空

1. Wang Jing is as ________ as me and we both have many friends.
2. My sister studies ________ than me and she is good at all the subjects.
3. Who speaks more ________， Lin Feng or Lin Fei?
4. —Can you play the piano ________ than Zhao Gang?
—Sorry, I can't.
5. My hair is ________ than hers. But I am taller than her.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. This is not Tina's ruler. ________ is longer.
A. She's B. Hers
C. She D. Her
2. Mr. Smith thinks running is ________ than gymnastics.
A. very popular B. more popular
C. most popular D. the most popular
3. It's summer now. It is getting ________．
A. higher and higher B. lower and lower
C. hotter and hotter D. colder and colder
4. —Can you tell me why you learn English so well?
—It's very simple. ________ you work, ________ grades you will get.
A. The harder; the best
B. The hard; the better
C. Harder; better
D. The harder; the better
5. I am good at math, but his English is ________ than mine.
A. much better B. more better
C. very better D. pretty better
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 翻译短语，了解本课重点短语
1. 在某方面有天赋 _______________
2. 在意；关心 ________________
3. 和……一样…… ________________
4. 和……不同 ________________
5. 擅长 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我认为好朋友能使我发笑。
I think a good friend ________ me ________．
2. 对我来说那不是很重要。
That's not very ________ ________ me.
3. 他们两个都(很)高。
They ________ ________ tall.
4. 莫莉比她最好的朋友学习更努力。
Molly studies ________ ________ her best friend.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
... truly cares_about me.
……真正地关心我。(教材第20页)
My father doesn't care_for tea.
我爸爸不喜欢喝茶。
You should take_care_of yourself at school.
你在学校里要照顾好自己。
【探究总结】
(1)care作动词，意为“在意；担忧；关心”。常用短语care about意为“关心；在意”；care for意为“非常喜欢；照顾”。
(2)care还可作不可数名词，意为“小心；照料；关怀”。常用短语take care of意为“照顾；照看”，相当于look after。
【对点训练】
①他的父母根本不关心他的学习。
His parents don't ________ ________ his study at all.
②他日夜照看他生病的母亲。
He ________ ________ his mother day and night.＝He________ ________ ________ his mother day and night.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
A good friend makes me laugh.
好朋友能让我发笑。(教材第20页)
His words make us happy. 他的话使我们高兴。
We made him our monitor.
我们选他当我们的班长。
【探究总结】
make作使役动词，其后可接以下三种形式作宾语补足语：
(1)make＋宾语＋动词原形，即make sb. do sth. 意为“让某人做某事”。
(2)make＋宾语＋形容词，意为“使某人/某物……”。
(3)make＋宾语＋名词，意为“选某人当……；使……成为……”。
【对点训练】
①Colors can change our moods(情绪) and make us ________ happy or sad.
A. feel B. to feel
C. felt D. feeling
②Rainy days make me ________. I don't like them.
A. happy B. happily
C. sad D. sadly
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. I don't c________ if my friend has the same clothes as me.
2. He likes telling jokes. He always makes us l________．
3. The girl is t________. She can learn everything easily.
4. This is a t________ beautiful picture.
5. Can you say it again? I didn't hear you c________．
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Tom is not so ________ at sports as Bill.
A. good B. well
C. better D. best
2. Sun Yang is talented ________ swimming.
A. at B. on
C. with D. in
3. The building is ________ than that one.
A. more tall B. not tall
C. much taller D. many taller
4. ________ Mary, good students should have the same views ________ her.
A. For; with B. For; as
C. With; for D. For; for
5. I don't like to do housework but my mother makes me ________ it every day.
A. do B. to do
C. doing D. to doing
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. as long as ____________
2. be different from ____________
3. make friends ____________
4. share everything ____________
5. 使显现； 使表现出 ____________
6. 和……相同 ____________
7. 事实上 ____________
8. 与……类似 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我妈妈告诉我好朋友就像一面镜子。
My mother told me a good friend ________ ________ a mirror.
2. 对我来说交朋友不容易。
It's not easy ________ me ________ ________ friends.
3. 只要他们优秀， 你不需要很多。
You don't need a lot of them ________ ________ ________ they're good.
4. 我知道她在意我， 因为她一直在那儿倾听。
I know she ________ ________ me because she's always there ________ ________．
5. 杰夫不如大多数孩子稳重。
Jeff is ________ serious ________ most kids.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
My mother told me a good friend is_like a mirror.
我妈妈告诉我好朋友就像一面镜子。(教材第21页)
He looks_like a teacher. 他看起来像一位老师。
【探究总结】　be like 与look like的异同

不同点
相同点
be like
“像……一样”，强调性格、人品等内在特征
like均用作介词
look like
“看起来像”，强调外貌等外在特征

【对点训练】
①你弟弟长什么样？
What does your brother ________ ________？
②张小姐是怎样的一个人？
What ________ Miss Zhang ________？

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
A true friend reaches for your hand and touches your heart. 一个真正的朋友是在需要时给你帮助，使你感动的人。(教材第21页)
When did you reach Beijing?
你是什么时候到北京的？
How do you get_to school every day?
你每天怎样去学校？
I don't know when I can arrive_at the bus stop.
我不知道什么时候能到达公共汽车站。

【探究总结】　reach, get to与arrive的用法辨析
reach
不及物动词，reach for sth.意为“伸手取某物”
及物动词，意为“到达”，其后直接跟地点名词，表示“到达某地”
get to
短语动词，意为“到达”，可直接跟地点名词，跟地点副词时省略________
arrive
不及物动词，跟________(大/小)地点用in，跟________ (大/小)地点用at。跟地点副词时省略介词in或at
【对点训练】
—When did you ________ there?
—At 9:00 last night.
A. get to B. arrive in
C. reach D. arrive at
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. Don't t________ the glass. It may hurt you.
2. Our math teacher is very s________. He never laughs in class.
3. Dave r________ the town by train last week.
4. At last, the police found out the f________ of the accident(事故)．
5. Nothing is difficult if you put your h________ into it.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. It'll take us a whole day to get there by train. So it's ________ for you to take enough food.
A. necessary B. healthy
C. different D. traditional
2. Lucy and I are best friends. She would like ________ everything with me.
A. touch B. share
C. to touch D. to share
3. He is ________ Tom, because they both enjoy playing basketball.
A. same as B. similar to
C. the same as D. the similar to
4. Sally and I ________ the school rules, so we had to say sorry to the teacher.
A. break B. broke
C. follow D. followed
5. It's very important ________ us ________ learn English well.
A. to; to B. for; for
C. to; for D. for; to
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 你妹妹是个什么样的人？
________ ________ your sister ________？
2. 我们是昨天下午到达上海的。
We ________ ________ Shanghai yesterday afternoon.
3. 我们班有46个学生，其中18个女生，其他的是男生。
There are forty-six students in our class. Eighteen of us are girls, and ________ ________ are boys.
4. 只要你每天早晨读英语，你肯定会学好的。
You are sure to learn English well ________ ________ ________ you read it every morning.
5. 她的新书包和我的一样。
Her new schoolbag is ________ ________ ________ mine.
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 短语连线，了解本课重点短语
1. long straight hair a. 小学
2. call sb. at ... b. 直的长发
3. primary school c. 和……相处得好
4. be good with d. 拨打……给某人
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你的英语成绩必须好。
You must have ________ ________ ________ English.
2. 拨打443-5667向英语学习中心咨询更多信息。
________ the English Study Center ________ 443-5667 for more information.
3. 你认为谁应当得到那份工作？
________ do you think ________ ________ the job?
4. 我弟弟比我幽默。他能让人大笑。
My brother is ________ ________ me. He makes people ________ a lot.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Call the English Study Center at 443-5667 for more information. 拨打443-5667向英语学习中心咨询更多信息。(教材第24页)
Can you take a message for me?
你能替我捎个口信吗？
【探究总结】　information与message的区别
information
意为“信息；消息”，是________(可数/不可数) 名词，表达“一条消息”用a piece of information
message
意为“消息；音信”，是________(可数/不可数) 名词，常见短语take a message，意为“捎口信”
【对点训练】
You can use the Internet if you want to get much ________.
A. information B. message
C. stories D. advices
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元话题为“谈论人物特征”，可从人物的外貌、性格以及兴趣、爱好等方面展开讨论。在谈论此话题时，要用到形容词和副词的比较级。
【写作任务】
根据表格中提供的信息，以“My best friend”为题写一篇短文介绍你和好朋友吉姆的相同和不同之处。80词左右。

不同点
相同点



吉姆
1. 比我矮，但是跑得比我快
2. 比我外向，说话声音比我大
3. 比我幽默，更擅长打篮球
1. 喜欢听音乐
2. 对人友好
3. 学习一样努力
我
1. 更稳重，喜欢待在家里看书
2. 更聪明，更擅长数学和语文

【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称和第三人称
2. 时态：一般现在时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：从谈自己的朋友观引入话题。
(2)介绍异同：介绍朋友的基本情况，与自己做比较。
(3)回扣主题：有这样一个好朋友“我”感到很高兴。
4. 语句储备：
(1)We both like ... 　　(2)as ... as
(3)... than ... 　 　　　(4)the same as
【汇思成篇】
My best friend
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 根据句意，从括号中选择恰当的单词填空
1. Her new glasses make her look ________(different/differently)．
2. I don't like ________(loudly/loud) music and I like
quiet music.
3. Who can tell me what a ________(true/truly) friend is like?
4. I want a house ________(likes/like) hers.
5. There are two girls in the room and they are ________(both/all) from America.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Where do we go on vacation this summer, Mary?
—I have no idea. Let's get some ________ about traveling on the Internet.
A. information B. dream
C. language D. money
2. This year red isn't as ________ as green.
A. more popular
B. popular
C. less popular
D. the most popular
3. Ann enjoys ________ music on Sundays.
A. listen B. listening
C. listening to D. listen to
4. Mr. Brown is good ________ children. They all love him.
A. at B. with
C. for D. in
5. We should ________ our classmates because they are our friends.
A. care about B. laugh at
C. look like D. shout at






































单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. We all think Molly is a t________ artist.
2. Sleep is n________ to keep healthy.
3. “The early bird catches the worm(虫)，” as the ________(say) goes.
4. Tina is 3 years old and she can speak ________(clear)．
5. Paul is ________(good) at playing the drums than Linda.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1.关心；在意 ___________
2. 只要；既然 ____________
3. 与……不同 ____________
4. 使显现 ____________
5. 和……相同 ____________
6. 事实上 ____________
7. 与……相像的 ____________
8. 小学 ____________
9. 唱歌比赛 ____________
10. 在……方面有天赋 ____________
11. 获得好成绩 ____________
12. 与……相处得好 ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 迈克跑得和艾伦一样快。
Mike runs ________ ________ ________ Alan.
2. 艾丽斯和玛丽谁更擅长跳舞？
________ ________ ________ dancing, Alice or Mary?
3. 他认为朋友就像书一样。
He thinks friends ________ ________ books.
4. 你没有必要起这么早。
It's not ________ for you ________ ________ up so early.
5. 只要你认真听老师讲课，你就能获得好成绩。
You can get good grades ________ ________ ________ you listen to the teacher carefully.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. He is very ________(heavy), because he eats too much every day.
2. He speaks ________(loudly) than me.
3. He is really ________(smart). He is good at all the subjects.
4. The ________(hard) you work, the better grades you will get.
5. This story is much ________(interesting) than that one.
6. His daughter is becoming more and ________(beautiful)．
7. I think English is far ________(important) than any other subject.
8. I'm as ________(popular) as my sister in our class.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
形容词和副词的比较级，make sb. do sth.结构；information, both, clearly, though, reach等单词及be similar to, be different from等短语。
1. (2015·安徽)—How can I get some ________ about the 2016 Olympic Games?
—Why not search the Internet?
A. information B. experience
C. practice D. success
2. (2015·泰安)My hometown is becoming more and more beautiful with trees and flowers on ________ sides of the road.
A. all B. both C. neither D. either
3. (2015·莱芜)—Who plays the piano ________， Sam or Jerry?
—Jerry. But he gave the performance chance to Sam this time.
A. well B. better
C. best D. the best
4. (2015·滨州)My mother says my friend is similar ________ me, but I think she is different ________ me.
A. as; from B. to; from C. to; to D. as; to
5. (2015·哈尔滨)It was such a long way that they didn't ________ the hotel until it became dark.
A. reach B. arrive C. get
6. (2015·安徽)—What do you think of your junior middle school life?
—I think it is colourful, ________ I am always busy.
A. if B. though C. while D. until
7. (2015·绥化)Liu Mei is my good friend. She is ________ than me.
A. outgoing B. more outgoing C. outgoinger
8. (2015·重庆B)The joke was so funny that it made him ________ again and again.
A. laugh B. to laugh
C. laughed D. laughs
参考答案
Unit 3　I'm more outgoing than my sister.
Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 比……更……　2. 玩得开心　
3. both ... and ...　4. as ... as ...　
5. the singing competition
Ⅱ. 1. longer; than　2. more loudly than　
3. as hard as　4. dances better　5. to learn
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (2)之后；之前
[对点训练] ①B　②both; and
2. [对点训练] ①A　②as/so tall as
3. [对点训练] D
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. quietly　2. funnier　3. thinner　
4. better　5. clearly
Ⅱ. 1－5 CDBCA
Section A (Grammar Focus－3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. tall, smart, fast, long, short, hard
2. hard-working, outgoing, important
Ⅱ. 1. more outgoing than　2. as friendly as　3. smarter; or
【合作探究·破疑难】
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ①funnier　②more serious　③better　④cleverer　⑤stronger; stronger　⑥more; more
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. friendly　2. harder　3. loudly　
4. better　5. shorter
Ⅱ. 1－5　BBCDA
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. be talented in　2. care about　
3. the same ... as ...　4. be different from　
5. be good at
Ⅱ. 1. makes; laugh　2. important for　
3. are both　4. harder than
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①care about　②cares for; takes care of
2. [对点训练] ①A　②C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. care　2. laugh　3. talented　4. truly　
5. clearly
Ⅱ. 1－5 ADCBA
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 只要； 既然　2. 与……不同　
3. 交朋友　4. 分享一切　5. bring out　
6. the same as　7. in fact　8. be similar to
Ⅱ. 1. is like　2. for; to make　3. as long as
4. cares about; to listen　5. less; than
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①look like　②is; like
2. [探究总结] to; 大；小
[对点训练] C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. touch　2. serious　3. reached　
4. fact　5. heart
Ⅱ. 1－5　ADBBD
Ⅲ. 1. What is; like　2. arrived in/got to　
3. the others　4. as long as　5. the same as
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1－4　b d a c
Ⅱ. 1. good grades in　2. Call; at　3. Who; should get　4. funnier than; laugh
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] 不可数；可数
[对点训练] A
[写作指导]
One possible version：
My best friend
I don't really care if my friends are the same as me or different.
My best friend is Jim. We both like to listen to music. And we are both friendly to others. He works as hard as me.
Jim is shorter than me, but he runs faster than me. He is more outgoing and speaks more loudly than me. Jim is funnier than me and he is better at basketball.
I'm more serious than Jim. And I like to stay at home and read books. I'm better at math and Chinese than him. I think I'm smarter than Jim.
I feel happy to have such a good friend.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. different　2. loud　3. true　4. like　
5. both
Ⅱ. 1－5　ABCBA
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. talented　2. necessary　3. saying　
4. clearly　5. better
[短语速译]
1. care about　2. as long as　3. be different from　4. bring out　5. the same as　6. in fact　7. be similar to　8. primary school　9. the singing competition　10. be talented in
11. get good grades　12. be good with
[句型闯关]
1. as fast as　2. Who's better at　3. are like
4. necessary; to get　5. as long as
[语法专练]
1. heavy　2. more loudly　3. smart　
4. harder　5. more interesting　6. more beautiful 　7. more important　8. popular
[真题演练]
1. A　考查名词辨析。句意：——我如何才能得到一些关于2016年奥林匹克运动会的信息？——为什么不上网搜索呢？information“信息”；experience“经验”；practice“练习”；success“成功”。应答者的建议就是上网搜索信息，由此推知，发话者问的是如何获得奥运会的信息。故选A。
2. B　考查代词词义辨析。句意：我的家乡正变得越来越漂亮，在路两边有树木和花。all表示三者或三者以上全部；both表示两者都；neither表示两者都不；either两者之一。空格后是复数sides，故用both；故选B。
3. B　考查比较级。由比较的对象是两者可知用比较级。故选B。
4. B　考查短语的固定搭配。句意：我妈妈说我的朋友和我相似，但是我认为她和我不同。be similar to“和……相似”；be different from“与……不同”。故选B。
5. A　考查动词用法辨析。句意：路那么远，直到天黑了他们才到达旅馆。reach，arrive，get都可以表示“到达”，但是get和arrive都是不及物动词，后跟名词宾语the hotel时，要用get to或 arrive at，reach为及物动词，可直接跟宾语，故选A。
6. B　考查状语从句的引导词。句意：——你觉得你的初中生活怎样？——我认为丰富多彩，虽然我一直很忙。分析句意知，前后句构成“让步”关系。故选B。
7. B　考查形容词的比较级。句意：刘梅是我的好朋友。她比我外向。由than可知用比较级，outgoing为多音节形容词，其比较级为more outgoing。故选B。
8. A　考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：这个笑话如此有趣，逗得他笑了又笑。make是使役动词，make sb.＋动词原形“使某人做……”，此处是“让他笑了又笑”。故选A。



Unit 4　What's the best movie theater?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. be close to ____________
2. love doing sth. ____________
3. welcome to ... ____________
4. 在城镇里 ____________
5. 到目前为止；迄今为止 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 最好的电影院是哪一个？
________ ________ ________ movie theater?
2. 它有最大的屏幕。
It ________ ________ ________ screens.
3. 你可以在那里买到最便宜的衣服。
You can buy clothes ________ ________ ________ there.
4. 到目前为止你认为它如何？
How do you like it ________ ________？
5. 谢谢你告诉我。
________ ________ ________ me.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. close adj. (在空间、时间上)接近
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中close的不同词性及含义
It's the closest to home. 它离家最近。(教材第25页)
Mary is my close friend. 玛丽是我的密友。
It's very cold outside. Could you close the window, please? 外面很冷，请你把窗户关上好吗？
I live close to school. 我住得离学校很近。
【探究总结】　 close的三种词性
形容词
意为“接近(指时间或空间)”，常用短语be close to意为“离……近”，最高级为closest
意为“亲密的”
动词
意为“关上；闭上”，其反义词为open
副词
意为“接近；靠近”
【对点训练】
①我家离学校很近。
My home is ________ ________ the school.
②你离开房间时请关上窗子。
Please ________ the windows when you leave the room.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Thanks_for telling me. 谢谢你告诉我。(教材第26页)
Thanks_for your help.＝Thank_you_for helping me.
谢谢你的帮助。
Thanks_to the English language, we can learn a lot from other countries. 由于英语这门语言，我们能从其他国家学到很多东西。
【探究总结】
(1)Thanks for ... 表示“因……而感谢”，介词for后可接名词、代词或动名词。同义句为：Thank you for ...。
(2)thanks for 与thanks to的用法辨析
thanks for
用以说明感谢的原因，后接名词、代词、动名词
thanks to
意为“幸亏，由于”，后接名词、代词或名词性短语
【对点训练】
①________ your help, we finished the work on time.
A. Thank for B. Thanks to
C. Thank D. Thank you
②艾米，谢谢你听我的问题并给我你的建议。
________ ________ ________ to my problem and ________ me your advice, Amy.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
—Thanks for telling me. 谢谢你告诉我。
—No_problem. 不用客气。(教材第26页)
—Could you post the letter for me?
你能帮我寄一下这封信吗？
—No_problem. 没问题。
—Can you finish the work yourself?
你自己能完成这项工作吗？
—No_problem. 没问题。
【探究总结】　no problem的三种用法
(1)用来回答感谢，意为“不用谢；别客气；没什么”，相当于You're welcome. 或Not at all.。
(2)用来表示同意或愉快地回答对方的请求，意为“没问题；小事一桩”。
(3)用来表示有能力做某事，意为“没问题；不在话下”。
【对点训练】
—May I borrow your dictionary, Sandy?
—________. But you have to return it this afternoon.
A. No problem B. I'm sorry
C. I hope not D. I'm not sure
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. What's the ________(good) radio station in this city?
2. You are very lucky to get the house so ________(cheap)．
3. Yesterday Mrs. Jones ________(choose) a model plane for her son in the store.
4. Of all these clothes, the green one is the ________(bad) in material(材质)．
5. She is a ________(report) from China Daily(《中国日报》). She meets people and talks to them every day.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —________ do you think is the ________ actor?
—Mr. Bean.
A. Who; most funniest
B. What; funniest
C. Who; funniest
D．Who; funnier
2. —How does your father go to work?
—On foot. Our house is ________ his office.
A. far from B. different from
C. the same as D. close to
3. —How do you like the book you read yesterday?
—Oh! It's one of ________ books I've ever read.
A. interesting
B. more interesting
C. most interesting
D. the most interesting
4. Thanks for ________ me the good news.
A. tell B. telling
C. to tell D. tells
5. —Can you tell me how to use this e-dictionary?
—________. Let me have a look.
A. No way B. No problem
C. I'm afraid not D. It doesn't matter
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 这条河离我们家很近。
The river is very ________ ________ our home.
2. 到目前为止我住在这儿十年了。
I have lived here for ten years ________ ________.
3. 你认为这家电影院怎么样？
________ ________ you ________ the movie theater?
4. 我们能够以最便宜的价格在这家超市里买东西。
We can buy things ________ ________ ________ in this supermarket.
5. 欢迎到我们学校来。
________ ________ our school.
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 反义词匹配，明确部分形容词、副词的最高级
1. best a. cheapest
2. most expensive b. longest
3. most interesting c. quietest
4. loudest d. most boring
5. shortest e. worst
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——镇上最糟糕的服装店是哪家？
—________ is the worst clothes store in town?
——梦想服饰。它比蓝月亮更糟糕。它的服务最差。
—Dream Clothes. It's ________ than Blue Moon. It has the ________ service.
2. ——你认为调幅 970 千赫怎么样？
—What do you ________ ________ 970 AM?
——我认为调幅 970千赫相当差。它的音乐最糟糕。
—I think 970 AM is ________ bad. It has the worst music.
3. 一顿饭多少钱？
How much is ________ ________？
4. ——它离你家有多远？
—________ ________ is it from your home?
——乘公交汽车10分钟。
—10 minutes ________ bus.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. pretty adv.&adj. 相当；十分；漂亮的
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
I think 970 AM is pretty bad.
我认为调幅970千赫相当差。(教材第27页)
Mr Green's daughter is very pretty.
格林先生的女儿非常漂亮。
【探究总结】　 pretty的用法
(1)副词，意为“相当；十分；很”，修饰形容词或其他副词。
(2)形容词，意为“漂亮的；标致的；动人的”，尤指女子或女孩。其比较级为prettier，最高级为prettiest。
【对点训练】
①他的吉他弹得相当好。
He plays the guitar ________ ________.
②I think this girl is ________(pretty) than her sister.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
—How far is it from your home?
它离你家有多远？
—10_minutes_by_bus.
乘公共汽车10分钟。(教材第27页)
It's about ten_kilometers_from our school to your school. 我们学校距你们学校大约有10千米远。
The shop is about twenty_minutes'_walk from here. 从这儿步行去那家商店大约需20分钟。
【探究总结】英语中表达距离的三种方式
(1)It's＋所需时间＋交通方式(on foot/by bike/by bus ... )“(步行/骑自行车/乘公共汽车……)多长时间的路程”，It's可省略。
(2)It's＋距离＋from ... to ... “从……到……有……远”。
(3)基数词＋minutes'/hours' ...＋walk/ride(＋from ... to ...)“(从……到……)步行/骑车……分钟/小时……的路程”。
【对点训练】
①从我家到学校步行需要10分钟。
It's ten ________ ________ ________ from my home to school.
②从这里到火车站有3千米远。
________ ________ ________ from here to the train station.
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，观察并体会形容词和副词的最高级的构成及用法
Bill is the tallest boy of us.
比尔是我们当中最高的男孩。
Wang Xue does her homework the most_carefully in her class. 王雪在她班里做作业最认真。
The Yellow River is the second_longest river in China. 黄河是中国的第二长河。
P.E. is one_of_the_most_popular_subjects in our class. 体育是我们班最受欢迎的学科之一。
Which is the_longest one, the pen, the ruler or the pencil？钢笔，尺子和铅笔，哪一个最长？
【探究总结】　
1. 形容词和副词的最高级的含义
表示三者或三者以上(人或事物)的比较，其中一个在某方面超过其他几个，后面可用of或in短语来说明比较的范围。形容词的最高级前一般要加定冠词the，副词的最高级前的the可以省去。
2. 形容词和副词的最高级的构成
(1)规则变化
规则变化
示例
一般在词尾加-est
long→longest
fast→fastest
以不发音的字母e结尾的，加-st
nice→nicest
close→closest
以“辅音字母＋y”结尾的，把y变为i，再加-est
early→earliest
heavy→heaviest
重读闭音节词且末尾只有一个辅音字母的，双写该辅音字母，再加
-est
big→biggest
thin→thinnest
多音节和部分双音节形容词、副词在原级前加most
outgoing→
most outgoing
(2)不规则变化
good/well→best　bad/badly/ill→worst
many/much→most　little→least
far→farthest/furthest　old→oldest/eldest
3. 形容词和副词的最高级的用法
(1)“the＋形容词/副词最高级(＋名词)＋in/of短语”表示“……中最……的”。
(2)“the＋序数词＋形容词最高级＋单数名词”表示“第几……”。
(3)“one of the＋形容词最高级＋复数名词”表示 “最……之一”。
(4)“特殊疑问词＋be/实义动词＋the＋形容词/副词最高级， A, B or C？”表示“A，B，C哪一个最……？”。
【对点训练】
①The store at the corner has the ________(bad) clothes in town.
②What's the ________(good) radio station in this city?
③Beijing is one of the ________(big) cities in the world.
④My friend Peter is the second ________(tall) student in our class.
⑤Of all the subjects, chemistry seems to be ________(difficult) for me.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. My cousin Li Yong works the ________(hard) in his class.
2. Tony is the ________(tall) student of all.
3. The mountain is pretty ________(beautiful) at this time of the year.
4. Who works ________(careful), Mary, Linda or Alice?
5. Li Ming lives ________(far) from our school in our class.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —How ________ Li Ming writes!
—Yes, he is the ________ in our class.
A. carefully; most careful
B. careful; most careful
C. carefully; careful
D. careful; careful
2. Taking buses in the city is ________ than taking a taxi.
A. very cheap B. more cheaper
C. cheaper D. the cheapest
3. The Yangtze River is one of ________ rivers in the world.
A. the longest B. longer
C. very long D. longest
4. The radio station plays pretty ________ music. I don't like it.
A. bad B. good
C. worse D. better
5. —________ is a meal in that restaurant?
—About 200 yuan.
A. How long B. How much
C. How many D. How often
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 词形转换，了解本课重点词汇
1. funny (最高级) ________________
2. creative (比较级) ________________
3. perform (名词形式) ________________
4. boring (最高级) ________________
5. serious (比较级) ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我的表妹李静是我认识的人中最幽默的。
My cousin Li Jing is the ________ ________ I know.
2. 谁是最优秀的表演者？
________ was ________ ________ performer?
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
Who was the best performer?
谁是最优秀的表演者？(教材第28页)
Jet Li is a good action movie actor.
李连杰是一名优秀的动作电影演员。
【探究总结】　performer与actor的区别
performer
名词，意为“表演者；演员”，为可数名词。常指在观众面前进行表演、演出的人
actor
名词，意为“演员”，通常指“男演员”，女演员为actress，多指以演电影、电视剧为职业的人
注意
performer的动词形式为perform，意为“表演”，performance也作名词，意为“演出”。
【对点训练】
用performer/actor填空：
①Tian Tian is the best ________ in the school talent show.
②He is a famous ________ now.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. His drawing is ________(creative) of all the works(作品)．
2. —Do you know that ________(perform)?
—Sorry, I don't know.
3. Can you play the guitar as ________(well) as our music teacher?
4. —Who's ________(loud) in the singing competition?
—Lily.
5. Mr Zhang looks very ________(serious), but in fact, he is very easy-going.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —What does your brother do?
—He is ________．
A. a performer B. fine
C. at school D. twenty years old
2. Do you know who can sing ________ in your class?
A. clear B. clearest
C. clearly D. the most clearly
3. —Tommy is really a ________ boy.
—Yes, he always has many new ideas.
A. friendly B. funny
C. creative D. serious
4. My father told me a story last night. It is ________ one I've ever heard.
A. the funniest B. funniest
C. funnier D. the funnier
5. Li Hua studies English very ________ and her English is ________ in her class.
A. careful; good B. carefully; well
C. careful; best D. carefully; the best
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. make up ________________
2. for example ________________
3. take ... seriously ________________
4. come true ________________
5. 发挥作用，有影响 ________________
6. 有相同特征 ________________
7. 各种各样的 ________________
8. 由……决定 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 观看别人展示他们的才艺总是有趣的。
________ always interesting ________ ________ other people show their talents.
2. 才艺展示节目正变得越来越受欢迎。
Talent shows are getting ________ ________ ________ popular.
3. 当人们观看这类节目时，通常承担着评判优胜者的角色。
When people watch the show, they usually ________ ________ ________ in ________ the winner.
4. 而且有一点比较好，就是它们给人们提供了一条实现梦想的道路。
And one great thing about them is that they ________ people a way ________ ________ their dreams come true.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
1. all kinds of 各种类型的；各种各样的
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
All_kinds_of people join these shows.
各种各样的人都参加这类节目。(教材第29页)
Cabbage is a_kind_of vegetable.
卷心菜是一种蔬菜。
Our teacher is very kind_to us.
老师对我们非常和蔼。
He is kind_of thirsty. 他有点渴。
【探究总结】　 kind的常见用法小结
(1)用作名词，意为“类别；种类；性质”。all kinds of意为“各种类型的；各种各样的”，a kind of意为“一种”。
(2)用作形容词，意为“和蔼的”，be kind to ... 意为“对……和蔼”。
(3)kind of意为“有点儿；有几分”，修饰形容词或副词。
【对点训练】
①我们喜欢不同种类的音乐。
We like ________ ________ ________ music.
②我们家的狗有点儿聪明。
Our dog is ________ ________ smart.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
However, not_everybody enjoys watching these shows. 然而，并非人人都喜欢观看这些节目。(教材第29页)
Not_all the students like sports.
并非所有学生都喜欢体育运动。
Both of them are not good at singing.
并非他们两个都擅长唱歌。
【探究总结】　 英语中的“部分否定”
英语中not与everybody, all, everyone, everything, both等词连用时，并不否定全部，而只否定一部分，意为“并不都……”。其具体含义如下：
(1)not与everybody连用，表示“并不是每个人都……”。
(2)not与all 连用，表示“并非所有的都……”。
(3)not与both连用，表示“并非两个都……”。
点拨
若表示全部否定，要用none, neither, no one, nothing等。)
【对点训练】
①并非人人都喜欢这本书。
________ ________ likes this book.
②他们没有人能做这件事。
________ ________ ________ can do it.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空
1. These ________(magician) are all from China.
2. I think Zhang Li sings less ________(beautiful) than Li Yan.
3. Who was the last ________(win), Jimmy, Jill or Linda?
4. I'm ________(serious) thinking about moving to America.
5. Mr. Su is the ________(poor) of all the teachers, but he is the ________ (hard-working)．
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. There are ________ sports in the world, such as ball games, swimming and running.
A. kind of B. all kind of
C. a kind of D. all kinds of
2. Parents play a role in ________ their children.
A. teach B. teaches
C. to teach D. teaching
3. It's really interesting ________ ball games.
A. to watch B. watches
C. watch D. watched
4. Mrs. Wang always asks us to ________ conversations in English classes.
A. turn up B. make up
C. end up D. look up
5. It's summer now; the weather is getting ________．
A. higher and higher B. lower and lower
C. hotter and hotter D. colder and colder
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. street performers ____________
2. enjoy one's time ____________
3. take walks ____________
4. 有点硬 ____________
5. 最舒服的 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 绿木公园是周末可去的最好的地方。
Greenwood Park is ________ ________ place ________ ________ to on weekends.
2. 周末公园是最拥挤的地方，因为几乎每个人都去那儿放松。
The park is ________ ________ ________ place on weekends because almost everyone ________ there to relax.
3. 我认为对于游客来说北京是最受欢迎的城市。
I think Beijing is ________ ________ ________ city for visitors.
4. 在花园宾馆，你可以休息得最舒服。
You can rest ________ ________ ________ at Flower Hotel.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
The park is the most crowded place on weekends because almost everyone goes there to see the street performers. 公园是周末最拥挤的地方，因为几乎每个人都去那里看街头艺人的表演。(教材第31页)
The bus is uncrowded,so we can sit comfortably.
这辆公共汽车不拥挤，所以我们坐得很舒服。
In spring this place is_crowded_with visitors.
春天，这个地方挤满了游客。
【探究总结】　crowded的用法
crowded形容词，意为“人多的；拥挤的”，最高级形式是在其前加________，反义词为________，常用短语be crowded with意为“挤满；拥挤”。
【对点训练】
—Why is the train so ________(crowd)?
—Because it's Sunday today and many people want to go out to relax.
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元话题为“你居住的城镇”，与之相关的话题作文为描述身边的事物。要求学生运用最高级对周边的人或事物做调查并写出调查报告。
【写作任务】
你对城里的饭店看法如何？哪一家最好？我们在学生中做了一个调查。请根据提示以“What's the best restaurant？”为标题写一篇80词左右的短文。
提示：1. “蓝天饭店”(Blue Sky)是城里最受欢迎的饭店。它有最周到的服务，最舒服的座椅和最便宜的饭菜。
2. “顾客之家”(Your Home)饭菜质量最好，也最好吃，但也是最贵的。它离学校最远。
3. “学生家园”(Students' Home)是最差的饭店，它离学校最近，它播放最无聊的音乐。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称
2. 时态：一般现在时和一般过去时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)提出问题：你对城里的饭店看法如何？其中你最喜欢哪一家？
(2)对比论证：从各个方面比较各家饭店并且运用形容词或副词的最高级。
(3)得出结论：最……的饭店是……
4. 语句储备：
(1)What do you think of ...?
(2)What's the best restaurant in ...?
(3)... has the best ..., but ...
【汇思成篇】
What's the best restaurant?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Look! My mother is sitting on the sofa ________(comfortable) and watching TV.
2. The supermarket is ________(crowded) on weekends than weekdays.
3. Her home is the ________(far) from our school in our class.
4. The Yellow River is the second ________(long) river in China.
5. Taoyuan is one of ________(big) supermarkets in town.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Sonia, do you think you are different from Linda?
—Yes. I'm ________ at drawing than her.
A. better B. good
C. well D. best
2. —Which city is your favorite?
—Hangzhou, of course.I think it's ________ city to visit.
A. worse B. the worst
C. better D. the best
3. We have a lovely room. It's one of ________ rooms in the hotel.
A. nice B. nicer
C. nicest D. the nicest
4. In the talent show, I performed well and Ann did even ________．
A. well B. better
C. more D. worse
5. —Today is ________ day in my life, because I won the first prize in the competition.
—Congratulations!
A. happy B. the happiest
C. happier D. much happier





































单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. The air here is very ________(清新的)．
2. The market is too ________(拥挤的) today.
3. The singer sings the song very ________(优美地)．
4. In the dancing competition she won the first ________(奖)．
5. Bob is a very good ________(表演者)．
6. Of all the boys Tom did ________(badly)．
7. I like to lie on the beach ________(comfortable)．
8. He is the ________(win) of the game.
9. We should work out the problem ________(serious)．
10. Mr. Wang bought the house very ________(cheap)．
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1.与……接近 ____________
2. 在城镇 ____________
3. 到目前为止 ____________
4. 没问题 ____________
5. 有共同特征 ____________
6. 各种各样的 ____________
7. be up to ____________
8. play a role ____________
9. make up ____________
10. for example ____________
11. take ... seriously ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 你们班最高的学生是谁？
________ is ________ ________ student in your class?
2. 城里最差的书店是哪一家？
________ is ________ ________ bookstore in town?
3. 你认为这幅画怎么样？
________ do you ________ ________ the picture?
4. 爸爸在我们家里吃饭最快。
My father eats ________ ________ ________ in our family.

5. 这首歌变得越来越流行了。
This song is becoming ________ ________ ________ popular.
6. 在所有的歌手中，她唱歌最优美。
She sings ________ ________ ________ of all the singers.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Jiuzhou supermarket is ________(big) supermarkets in our city.
2. Who is ________(tall) of the three boys?
3. Jack is ________(funny) boy that I know.
4. This dress is ________(beautiful) than the others in the store.
5. Who runs ________(fast), Jack, Tom or Mike?
6. Mr. Miller is one of ________(popular) teachers in Green High School.
7. Which is the ________(bad) theater in your city, Yellow Moon, White Cloud or Dream World?
8. He is ________(quiet) boy in my class. He almost never talks.
9. My dog is ________(friendly) than yours.
10. The theater has ________(comfortable) seats in town.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
形容词或副词的最高级以及seriously, cheaply, carefully等副词的用法。
1. (2015·杭州)My time in the middle school was one of ________ periods of my life.
A. exciting B. more exciting
C. the more exciting D. the most exciting
2. (2015·临沂)Of all the drinks, tea is ________ in the world. It has 5，000 years of history in China.
A. older B. the oldest
C. old D. very old
3. (2015·绵阳)—How do you like this movie?
—Fantastic, it's the ________ one I've ever seen.
A. better B. best C. good D. worst
4. (2015·广东)The final exam is very important. We must treat it ________．
A. serious B. seriously
C. careless D. carelessly
5. (2015·济南)Why not go to Sunshine Supermarket? You can buy everything ________ there.
A. mostly B. widely
C. cheaply D. heavily
6. (2015·东营)On snowy days，a driver must drive as ________ as possible.
A. fast B. slowly C. wisely D. carefully

参考答案
Unit 4　What's the best movie theater?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 离……近　2. 喜爱做某事　3. 欢迎来到……　4. in town　5. so far
Ⅱ. 1. What's the best　2. has the biggest
3. the most cheaply　4. so far　5. Thanks for telling
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①close to　②close
2. [对点训练] ①B　②Thanks for listening; giving
3. [对点训练] A
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. best　2. cheaply　3. chose　4. worst　5. reporter
Ⅱ. 1－5　CDDBB
Ⅲ. 1. close to　2. so far　3. How do; like
4. the most cheaply　5. Welcome to
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. e　2. a　3. d　4. c　5. b
Ⅱ. 1. Which; worse; worst　2. think of; pretty　3. a meal　4. How far; by
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①pretty well　②prettier
2. [对点训练] ①minutes on foot　②It's three kilometers
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ①worst　②best　③biggest　④tallest　⑤the most difficult
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. hardest　2. tallest　3. beautiful　4. the most carefully　5. the farthest
Ⅱ. 1. A　考查carefully的用法及形容词最高级。句意：——李明写得多认真啊！——是的，他是我们班最认真的。第一空所缺单词修饰动词write，因此应用副词carefully；第二空需用careful的最高级most careful。故选A。
2. C　考查cheap的比较级形式。由句中 “than” 可知用比较级。cheap的比较级形式是cheaper。故选C。
3. A　考查形容词最高级。“one of the＋形容词最高级＋复数名词”表示“最……之一”。句意：长江是世界上最长的河流之一。故选A。
4. A　考查副词用法。pretty作副词， 修饰形容词原级； 由I don't like it. 可知它播放的音乐不好 (bad) 。故选A。
5. B　考查特殊疑问词。根据回答可以判断是对价格的提问， 询问价钱用how much。故选B。
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. funniest　2. more creative　
3. performer　4. most boring　5. more serious
Ⅱ. 1. funniest person　2. Who; the best
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①performer　②actor
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. the most creative　2. performer　
3. well　4. the loudest　5. serious
Ⅱ. 1－5　ADCAD
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 编造　2. 例如　3. 认真对待……　
4. 实现　5. play a role　6. have ... in common　7. all kinds of　8. be up to
Ⅱ. 1. It's; to watch　2. more and more
3. play a role; deciding　4. give; to make
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①different kinds of　②kind of
2. [对点训练] ①Not everybody　②None of them
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. magicians　2. beautifully　3. winner　4. seriously　5. poorest; most hard-working
Ⅱ. 1－5　DDABC
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 街头艺人　2. 享受某人的时光　
3. 散步　4. a little hard　5. most comfortable
Ⅱ. 1. the best; to go　2. the most crowded; goes　3. the most popular　4. the most comfortably
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] most; uncrowded
[对点训练] crowded
[写作指导]
One possible version：
What's the best restaurant?
What's the best restaurant in our town? We did a survey among all the students in our class and this is what we learned.
Blue Sky is the most popular restaurant. It has the friendliest service, the most comfortable seats and the cheapest food. Your Home has the best quality food and its food is the most delicious. But it's the most expensive. It's also the farthest from our school. Students' Home is the worst restaurant. It is the closest to school, but it plays the most boring music.
I think Blue Sky is the best restaurant.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. comfortably　2. more crowded　
3. farthest　4. longest　5. the biggest
Ⅱ. 1－5 ADDBB
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. fresh　2. crowded　3. beautifully　4. prize　5. performer　6. worst　7. comfortably　
8. winner　9. seriously　10. cheaply
[短语速译]
1. close to　2. in town　3. so far　4. no problem　5. have ... in common　6. all kinds of　7. 是……的职责；由……决定　8. 发挥作用　9. 编造　10. 例如　11. 认真对待……
[句型闯关]
1. Who; the tallest　2. Which; the worst
3. What; think of　4. the most quickly
5. more and more　6. the most beautifully
[语法专练]
1. the biggest　2. the tallest　3. the funniest
4. more beautiful　5. (the) fastest　6. the most popular　7. worst　8. the quietest　
9. friendlier　10. the most comfortable
[真题演练]
1. D　考查形容词最高级。句意：中学时光是我一生中最激动人心的时期之一。根据句中one of ...和空格后的名词periods可以判断，本句为“... one of＋the＋形容词最高级＋名词复数”结构，表示“……最……的……之一”。故选D。
2. B　考查形容词的最高级。句意：所有的饮料中，茶是世界上最古老的，它在中国有5000年的历史。根据这里的语言环境可知，需要用最高级。故选B。
3. B　考查形容词最高级。句意：——你认为这部电影怎么样？——极好，它是我看过的最好的电影。根据定冠词the可知本处应用最高级。结合语境，故选B。
4. B　考查副词辨析。句意：期末考试非常重要。我们必须认真对待。serious“严肃的，认真的”；seriously“严肃地，认真地”；careless“粗心的”；carelessly“粗心地”。根据语境可知要认真对待考试，同时因为动词要用副词来修饰，故选B。
5. C　考查副词辨析。句意：为什么不去阳光超市呢？在那儿你买任何东西都便宜。mostly“主要地”；widely“ 广泛地”；cheaply“便宜地”；heavily“重地”。根据句意可知此处表示你可以“便宜地”买任何东西。故选C。
6. D　考查副词。句意：在下雪天，司机必须尽可能小心地驾驶。fast“快地”；slowly“慢地”；wisely“ 聪明地”；carefully“认真地”。根据语境可知下雪天司机要小心驾驶。故选D。



Unit 5　Do you want to watch a game show？
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 从(向)……学习 ____________
2. 计划做某事 ____________
3. 期望做某事 ____________
4. 查明；弄清楚 ____________
5. hope to do sth. ____________
6. around the world ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——你认为访谈节目怎么样？
—________ do you ________ ________ talk shows?
——我不介意(看)它们。
—I ________ ________ them.
2. 你今天晚上打算看新闻吗？
Do you plan ________ ________ the news tonight?
3. 因为我希望了解世界各地正在发生的事情。
Because I hope ________ ________ ________ what's going on around the world.
4. 但是我最喜欢的电视节目是新闻和访谈节目。
But ________ ________ TV shows are the news and talk shows.
5. 我希望有一天成为一名电视台记者。
I hope to be a TV reporter ________ ________.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会plan作不同词性时的不同用法
Do you plan to watch the news tonight?
你今天晚上打算看新闻吗？(教材第34页)
Can you tell me your holiday plans?
你能告诉我你的假期计划吗？
【探究总结】　 plan的两种词性
(1)plan作动词，意为“打算；计划”，其后可以跟动词不定式作宾语，即plan to do sth. “计划做某事”。
(2)plan作可数名词，意为“打算；计划”。make a plan意为“制订计划”。
【对点训练】
The students plan ________ for vacation with their teachers.
A. go B. to go
C. goes D. going

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Because I hope to find out what's going on around the world. 因为我希望了解世界各地正在发生的事情。(教材第34页)
I hope that you can finish the work on time.
我希望你能按时完成这项工作。
We wish you to be happy. 我们希望你幸福。
Wish you success. 祝你成功。
【探究总结】　 hope与wish的用法辨析
词汇
用法
结构
hope
意为“希望”，后可接动词不定式或that从句，不能用hope sb. to do sth.
hope to do sth.
hope that从句
wish
意为“希望，祝愿”，后接不定式或不定式的复合结构，还可接双宾语，接that从句时常用虚拟语气，that可省略
wish to do sth.
wish sb. to do sth.
wish sb. sth.
wish that从句
【对点训练】
①We hope ________ good grades in the coming exam.
A. get B. getting
C. to get D. that get
②我希望明天是个好天气。
________ ________ ________ it will be fine tomorrow.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I like to follow the story and see what happens next. 我喜欢随着故事看看接下来会发生什么。(教材第34页)
A car accident happened to her this morning.
今天上午她发生了车祸。
I happened to meet a friend of mine in the street yesterday.
昨天我碰巧在街上遇到了我的一个朋友。
【探究总结】　happen的三种常见结构
(1)happen动词，意为“发生”，当主语为物时，常用于以下两种结构：
①“sth.＋happen＋地点/时间”，意为“某地/某时发生某事”。
②“sth.＋happen＋to sb.”，意为“某人发生了某事”。
(2)happen动词，意为“碰巧”，此时可用人作主语，其后常接动词不定式，即“sb.＋happen＋to do sth.”，表示“某人碰巧做某事”。
【对点训练】
①上个星期天他发生了什么事？
________ ________ ________ him last Sunday?
②When I was in the park, I happened ________ Mary yesterday.
A. to meet B. meet
C. meeting D. met

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
... but you can expect to learn a lot from them.
……但是你可以期待从它们那里学到很多知识。(教材第34页)
He is expecting her letter. 他正在盼着她的信。
He expects you to finish the work in time.
他期盼着你及时完成工作。
I expect that he will come back next week.
我预计他下周将回来。
【探究总结】　 expect的用法小结
expect动词，意为“预料；期待；盼望”，其后可接名词、代词、动词不定式、不定式复合结构或that从句作宾语。

【对点训练】
①We all expect ________(go) home after being away from home for a year.
②老师期待着他能获得一等奖。
The teacher ________ him ________ ________ first prize.
【达标检测】　　　　　　　　　　
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. I can't stand ________(listen) to the noisy music.
2. Where do you plan ________(go) this Sunday?
3. There ________(be) some exciting news in today's newspaper.
4. Do you want ________(watch) the news?
5. The game is ________(education)，so both children and parents like it.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I don't mind ________ you with your English.
A. help B. to help
C. helping D. helps
2. We should ________ Lei Feng to help people in need.
A. learn from B. learn with
C. learn to D. learn after
3. I hope ________ you again some day.
A. to see B. sees
C. saw D. see
4. What time do you expect her ________？
A. arrive B. is arriving
C. arriving D. to arrive
5. —What happened ________ you yesterday?
—I happened ________ meet my old friend，Lucy.
A. to; to B. with; to
C. to; with D. with; with
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 动词填空，了解本课重点语法
1. I want ________(eat) healthy food.
2. My grandfather hopes ________(live) a happy life in the countryside.
3. We expect ________(learn) all the subjects well this term.
4. My parents plan ________(go) on vacation next month.
Ⅱ. 完成对话，明确本课重点句型
1. ——你认为游戏节目怎么样？
—________ do you ________ ________ game shows?
——我爱看它们。
—I ________ ________ them!
2. ——为什么你喜欢看新闻？
—________ do you like watching the news?
——因为我希望了解全世界正在发生的事情。
—________ I hope to ________ ________ what's going on around the world.
3. ——你期待能从情景剧中学到什么？
—________ can you expect ________ ________ from sitcoms?
——我可以学到一些很棒的笑话。
—I can learn ________ great ________．
【合作探究·破疑难】
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会动词不定式的用法
Do you want to_watch the news?
你想看新闻吗？(教材第35页)
He told me not_to_bring you anything.
他让我不要给你带任何东西。
I don't know what_to_do next.
我不知道下一步做什么。
I find it difficult to_learn a language well.
我发现学好一门语言很难。
I'm tired. Let's stop to_have a rest.
我累了。让我们停下来休息一下吧。
【探究总结】　
1. 动词不定式的形式
动词不定式是一种非谓语动词形式，其结构为“to＋动词原形”，英语中也有一些词的不定式是不带to的，我们称之为省略to的不定式。
2. 动词不定式的作用
动词不定式和其后面的名词等构成不定式短语，在句子中可以用作主语、宾语、宾语补足语、表语、定语等。本单元我们重点学习动词不定式在句中作宾语的用法。
(1)英语中hope, plan, agree, choose, decide, fail, would like等动词(短语)后常跟动词不定式作宾语。
(2)ask, learn, show, teach, know等动词后可以用“疑问词＋动词不定式”结构作宾语。
(3)like, love, begin, start等词后既可以跟动词不定式，也可以跟动词-ing形式作宾语，意义差别不大。
(4)“find/think/feel＋it＋adj.＋动词不定式”结构中，it为形式宾语，动词不定式为真正的宾语。
(5)stop, forget, remember, try等动词后既可以跟动词不定式，也可以跟动词-ing形式作宾语，但是意义差别非常大。
拓展
省略to的动词不定式常跟在下列词后作宾语补足语：一感：feel；二听：hear, listen to; 三让：let, make, have；四看：see, watch, observe, notice; 半帮助：help(即在help后to可带可不带)
【对点训练】
①Do you agree ________(have) a talk with me?
②What do you plan ________(do) this afternoon?
③—What's your dream?
—I hope ________(be) a famous singer when I grow up.
④I don't know what ________(do) next.
⑤Don't forget ________(close) the windows.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Do you want ________(read) a book this evening?
2. What ________ he ________(think) of sitcoms?
3. What do you expect ________(learn) from this book?
4. All of us hope ________(play) sports to keep healthy.
5. —Let's ________(watch) the game show. I think it's interesting.
—That sounds good.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The picture is so beautiful that I plan ________ one.
A. to buy B. buying
C. buy D. bought
2. —Would you mind me ________ table tennis here?
—Of course not.
A. play B. played
C. to play D. playing
3. My good friend often plays jokes ________ me.
A. on B. in
C. at D. with
4. —My parents ________ me to get better grades next term.
—You can do it if you work hard.
A. hope B. forget
C. expect D. give
5. —Do you want to watch soap operas, Ellen?
—________. They are too boring.
A. Yes, I do B. No, I don't
C. Yes, I can D. No, I can't
Section B (1a—1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
词汇拓展，了解形容词的构词方法
1. excite(v.) ________(adj.)令人兴奋的
2. wonder(n.) ________(adj.)精彩的；绝妙的
3. meaning(n.) ________(adj.)毫无意义的
4. enjoy(v.) ________(adj.)令人愉快的
5. relax(v.) ________(adj.)令人放松的
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】
meaningless adj. 毫无意义的；意思不明确的
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的词性及含义
I think this book is meaningless. I don't want to read it any more.
我认为这本书没意思。我再也不想读它了。
What does this word mean？＝What's the meaning of this word? 这个单词什么意思？
【探究总结】　 meaningless, mean与meaning
meaningless
形容词，由名词meaning加否定后缀-less构成，意为“毫无意义的；意思不明确的”
mean
动词，意为“意思是”
meaning
名词，由动词mean加-ing构成，意为“意思”。常见短语 the meaning of，意为“……的意思”

拓展
常见的加-less构成的词汇有：
homeless 无家可归的；careless粗心的；
hopeless 无希望的；useless无用的
【对点训练】
①We don't know the ________(mean) of the sentence.
②We should try our best to help these ________(home) people.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. France is a ________(wonder) country. I love that place.
2. Don't do the same thing again and again. It's ________(meaning)．
3. It was very ________(enjoy) to listen to Lang Lang's piano playing in the New Year's concert.
4. The basketball game is much more ________(excite) than that one.
5. All my family members like to watch the science and ________(education) channel on TV.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Why do you like reading?
—Because it's ________.
A. education B. educational
C. relaxed D. meaningless
2. —How do you like this soap opera?
—It's so ________. I don't like it at all.
A. boring B. interesting
C. exciting D. relaxing
3. My father didn't go to work yesterday ________ he was ill.
A. so B. if
C. because D. until
4. —How do you like game ________？
—I ________ them. They are meaningless.
A. shows; can't stand B. shows; love
C. show; can't stand D. show; love
5. —Have you ever seen the movie?
—Yes, and I think it's very ________. I want to see it again.
A. boring B. exciting
C. bored D. excited
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. such as ________________
2. be ready to ________________
3. try one's best ________________
4. a symbol of ________________
5. 出版；发行 ________________
6. 在20世纪30年代 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 但是美国文化的一个非常著名的象征是一部卡通片。
But ________ ________ ________ ________ in American culture is a cartoon.
2. 我们都知道和喜欢那只长着两只大圆耳朵的黑色老鼠——米老鼠。
We all know and love the black mouse ________ two ________ ________ ears—Mickey Mouse.
3. 然而，他总是准备好去尽其所能。
However, he ________ always ________ ________ try his best.
4. 他们中的大多数人都想成为像米老鼠那样的人。
Most of them wanted ________ ________ ________ Mickey.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
But one very famous symbol in American culture is a cartoon. 但是美国文化的一个非常著名的象征是一部卡通片。(教材第37页)
Tai'an is_famous_for Mount Tai.
泰安以泰山而出名。
She is_famous_as a table tennis player.
她作为乒乓球运动员而出名。
The singer is_famous_to the young.
这位歌手为年轻人所熟知。
【探究总结】　 famous 的常见用法小结
famous形容词，意为“著名的；出名的”，在句中可作定语和表语。其常见搭配有以下三种：

【对点训练】
①桂林山水闻名天下。
Guilin is ________ ________ its mountains and rivers.
②鲁迅作为一名伟大的作家而出名。
Lu Xun is ________ ________ a great writer.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
When this cartoon came_out in New York on November 18, 1928 ... 当这部卡通片于1928年11月18日在纽约发行时…… (教材第37页)
The sun is coming_out. 太阳出来了。
These plants begin to come_out.
这些植物开始开花了。
The full story came_out at last. 最后案情真相大白。
【探究总结】　 come out的多种含义

【对点训练】
The writer is very famous and his another new book will ________ next week.
A. give out B. put out
C. come out D. clean out
3. successful adj. 获得成功的；有成就的
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
He became very rich and successful.
他变得非常富有和成功。(教材第37页)
Last week's talent show was a great success.
上周的才艺表演取得了巨大的成功。
If you work hard, you'll succeed in the future.
如果你努力工作，将来你会成功的。
【探究总结】 successful, success与succeed 的区别
successful
形容词，意为“获得成功的；有成就的”，可用来修饰人，也可用来修饰物
success
作不可数名词，意为“成功；胜利”
作可数名词，意为“成功的人或事物”
succeed
动词，意为“成功”。常见搭配：succeed in sth./(in) doing sth.“在……方面取得成功”
助记
success(n.)successful(adj.)
successfully (adv.)
【对点训练】
①2012年伦敦奥运会获得了巨大成功。
2012 London Olympic Games was a great ________．
②2012年莫言在文学方面获得了成功。
Mo Yan ________ in literature in 2012.
＝Mo Yan wan ________ in literature in 2012.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. You must work hard if you want to be ________(success)．
2. It was sunny in the morning, but in the afternoon it ________(become) cloudy.
3. Some people in Western countries think that 13 is a(n) ________(lucky) number.
4. He ________(lose) his wallet, so he felt very sad.
5. She is a nice girl, and she is always ready ________(help) her classmates.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Lady Gaga is ________ for her beautiful voice.
A. popular B. famous
C. special D. different
2. A terrible car accident happened ________ March 12, 2013.
A. to B. on
C. in D. at
3. —What does your daughter look like?
—She is a pretty girl ________ long hair.
A. at B. for
C. with D. of
4. —Do you like vegetables?
—Yes. I like many vegetables such ________ tomatoes, onions and cabbage.
A. like B. for
C. as D. with
5. Don't be nervous. You should try ________ your problems.
A. face B. to face
C. faced D. to facing
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 李华的鞋子和张慧的一样便宜。
Li Hua's shoes are ________ ________ ________ Zhang Hui's.
2. 这个故事发生在20世纪90年代。
This story happened ________ ________ ________．
3. 他迟到的最主要的原因之一是他起晚了。
One of the ________ ________ why he was late is that he got up late.
4. 尽管你很忙，你也应该尽力做好每一件事。
Though you are busy, you should ________ ________ ________ to do everything well.
5. 他的新书去年出版了。
His new book ________ ________ last year.
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 短语翻译，了解本课重点短语
1. 来自 ________________
2. 乔装打扮 ________________
3. 代替；替换 ________________
4. 干得好 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 《花木兰》是一部令人激动的动作电影。
Mulan is an ________ ________ movie.
2. 她装扮成男孩， 替父从军。
She ________ ________ like a boy and ________ her father's ________ to fight in the army.
3. 我认为这个演员演花木兰演得很好。
I think the actress ________ Mulan's ________ well.
4. 这部影片展示了她对家人、朋友和国家的爱。
The movie ________ her love ________ her family, friends and country.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
She dresses_up like a boy and takes her father's place to fight in the army.
她装扮成男孩替父从军打仗。(教材第39页)
Mr. Depp likes dressing_himself_up_as Father Christmas on Christmas Day.
德普先生喜欢在圣诞节那天装扮成圣诞老人。
She dressed the children in their best clothes.
她给孩子们穿上了最漂亮的衣服。
【探究总结】　
(1)dress up动词短语，意为“装扮；乔装打扮”。 常见短语dress (sb./oneself) up as ... 意为“(把某人)装扮成……”。
(2)dress动词，意为“穿衣服；给……穿衣服”，宾语通常是 ________(人/物)。dress oneself意为“某人自己穿衣服”。
【对点训练】
①她9岁了，能够自己穿衣打扮了。
She is nine years old and can ________ ________.
②My father plans to dress himself up ________ Spiderman tonight.
A. for B. as
C. with D. for
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元话题为“娱乐活动”，与之相关的话题作文为“谈论自己最喜爱的电视节目和电影”，要求我们介绍自己、家人或朋友最喜爱的电视节目和电影并说明原因。
【写作任务】
根据所给提示，写一篇80词左右的短文来介绍你的好朋友李梅。
提示：1. 喜欢访谈节目，想当一名记者。
2. 喜欢新闻，希望了解世界各地正在发生的事情。
3. 不介意体育节目。
4. 受不了恐怖电影，认为它们太吓人。
5. 喜欢唱歌、跳舞，特别喜爱看才艺表演。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第三人称
2. 时态：一般现在时
3. 结构提纲：

(1)引入话题：我有一个好朋友，你想了解她最喜欢什么电视节目和电影吗？
(2)详细介绍：介绍朋友对各种电视节目和电影的看法并说明原因。
4. 语句储备：
(1)... want to ...
(2)She loves to ... because ...
(3)She hopes to ... what's going on ...
【汇思成篇】
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. I like comedies, but sometimes I watch ________(act) movies, too.
2. Daniel will take ________(Lily) place to give us a speech.
3. After a day's work, I usually watch something ________(enjoy)．
4. We think ________(comedy) are fantastic. They make us feel happy.
5. We expect you ________(write) more better works next year.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 这部电影展示了她对女儿的爱。
The movie ________ her love ________ her daughter.
2. 这次考试我们表现很好，我们老师很高兴。
We ________ ________ ________ ________ in this exam and our teacher was very happy.
3. 那位男士扮成了一位女子。
The man ________ ________ ________ a woman.
4. 这部电影源于一个真实的故事。
The movie ________ ________ a true story.
5. 今天的报纸上没有刊登什么重要的事情。
There is ________ ________ in today's newspaper.




















































单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. The boy is outgoing. He often tells ________(笑话) to others.
2. No one knows what will ________(发生) tomorrow.
3. Chinese tea ________(文化) has a long history.
4. Mark Twain is a ________(有名的) American writer. Many people around the world like him.
5. The police caught the thief as soon as he ________(出现)．
6. I think the sports meeting is ________(success)．
7. I was ________(lucky) last Sunday. I hurt my leg.
8. The book is ________(education) for teenagers.
9. My sister and brother like ________(comedy)．
10. The students are having a ________(discuss) about how to learn English well.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 动作电影 ________
2. 查明；弄清 ________
3. 装扮；乔装打扮 ________
4. 准备好做某事；愿意做某事________
5. 干得好 ________
6. 出版 ________
7. 代替；替换 ________
8. ……的一个象征 ________
9. come from ________
10. such as ________
11. try one's best ________
12. talent show ________
13. soap opera ________
14. learn from ________
15. be famous for ________
16. have a discussion about________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 你想和我一起踢足球吗？
Do you want ________ ________ soccer with me?
2. ——这个周六你打算做什么？
—________ do you plan ________ ________ this Saturday?
——我打算去看望我的祖父母。
—I plan ________ ________ my grandparents.
3. 他们期待着得到那位明星的签名。
They expect ________ ________ the famous star's autograph.
4. ——你为什么喜欢看体育节目？
—________ do you ________ ________ sports shows?
——因为我喜欢体育。
—________ I like sports.
5. ——你认为这首乐曲怎么样？
—________ do you ________ ________ the music?
——我不能忍受它。
—I can't ________ it.
6. 我希望将来有一天成为警察。
I hope ________ ________ a policeman one day.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Remember ________(put) on your coat when you go out. It is cold.
2. What do you plan ________(do) the day after tomorrow?
3. —What's your dream?
—I hope ________(be) a famous singer when I grow up.
4. Do you want anything ________(drink)?
5. I find it interesting ________(watch) the game show.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
名词news、动词expect、mind，情态动词might以及形容词famous的用法。
1. (2015·莱芜)Jack likes watching ________. He can find out what's going on around the world.
A. news B. comedies
C. talent shows D. soap operas
2. (2015·苏州)—Has Jane done the washing yet?
—You cannot ________ her to do such a thing.
A. want B. hope
C. expect D. wish
3. (2015·青岛)The movie is so interesting that I don't ________ seeing it again tomorrow.
A. enjoy B. mind
C. keep D. finish
4. (2015·常州)—Who will give us the speech on public manners?
—Mr. Brown ________， but I'm not sure.
A. can B. need C. must D. might
5. (2015·桂林)Guilin is famous ________ its green hills and clear water.
A. with B. of C. for
参考答案
Unit 5　Do you want to
watch a game show?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. learn from　2. plan to do sth.　3. expect to do sth.　4. find out　5. 希望做某事　
6. 全世界
Ⅱ. 1. What; think of; don't mind　2. to watch
3. to find out　4. my favorite　5. one day
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] B
2. [对点训练] ①C　②I hope that
3. [对点训练] ①What happened to　②A
4. [对点训练] ①to go　②expects; to win
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. listening　2. to go　3. is　4. to watch　5. educational
Ⅱ. 1－5　CAADA
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. to eat　2. to live　3. to learn　4. to go
Ⅱ. 1. What; think of; love watching
2. Why; Because; find out
3. What; to learn; some; jokes
【合作探究·破疑难】
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ①to have　②to do　③to be　
④to do　⑤to close
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to read　2. does; think　3. to learn　
4. to play　5. watch
Ⅱ. 1. A　考查固定搭配。 plan to do sth.“ 计划做某事”， 为固定用法。
2. D　考查固定句型。Would ... mind ...? 表示“……介意……吗？”， mind后跟动词-ing形式。故选D。
3. A　考查固定词组。 play jokes on sb.开某人的玩笑。
4. C　考查动词的用法辨析。expect sb. to do sth.意为“期望某人做某事”。hope后接to do sth.或that从句；forget后接to do sth.或doing sth.; give sb. sth.或give sth. to sb.意为“给某人某物”。故选C。
5. B　考查一般现在时的答语。由问句中的助动词可知，答语中也要用do。由“They are too boring.”可知，说话人不想去看，故选B。
Section B (1a—1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
1. exciting　2. wonderful　3. meaningless　
4. enjoyable　5. relaxing
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①meaning　②homeless
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. wonderful　2. meaningless　
3. enjoyable　4. exciting
5. educational
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查形容词辨析。由上一句“你为什么喜欢阅读？”可知答案为B。
2. A　考查形容词辨析。boring无聊的； interesting有趣的；exciting令人兴奋的；relaxing令人放松的。根据答语后一句句意“我一点也不喜欢。”可知是“无聊的”。故选A。
3. C　考查连词辨析。上半句是“我爸爸昨天没有去上班”， 下半句是“他生病了”， 显然后者是前者的原因， 因此用because。
4. A　考查名词的数和情景交际。由答语中的them可知问句中应用名词复数shows。根据答语后半句“They are meaningless”可知说话人不喜欢游戏节目。故选A。
5. B　考查形容词用法。从后面的提示“我想再看一遍”可推出很“令人兴奋”。动词-ing的主语是物， 动词-ed的主语是人。故选B。
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 例如　2. 准备好(做某事)；愿意(做某事)　3. 尽某人的最大努力　4. ……的象征　5. come out　6. in the 1930s
Ⅱ. 1. one very famous symbol　2. with; large round　3. was; ready to　4. to be like
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①famous for　②famous as
2. [对点训练] C
3. [对点训练] ①success　②succeeded; successful
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. successful　2. became　3. unlucky　
4. lost　5. to help
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查短语搭配。句意： Lady Gaga因她美妙的声音而出名。be famous for“以……出名”， 为固定搭配。故选B。
2. B　考查介词用法。in可用于年、月之前； 而on通常用于具体的某一日或特定的某一日之前； at用于具体时刻之前。故选B。
3. C　考查介词短语作定语的用法。后句句意：她是一位留着长发的漂亮女孩。介词with“带有”， 用来限定girl。故选C。
4. C　考查固定词组。such as“例如”，用来举例说明。
5. B　考查固定词组。try to do sth.“尽力做某事”。
Ⅲ. 1. as cheap as　2. in the 1990s　3. main reasons　4. try your best　5. came out
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. come from　2. dress up　3. take sb.'s place　4. do a good job
Ⅱ. 1. exciting action　2. dresses up; takes; place　3. played; role　4. shows; for
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] (2)人
[对点训练] ①dress herself　②B
[写作指导]
One possible version：
I have a good friend. Her name is Li Mei. Do you want to know what TV shows and movies she likes? Let me tell you. She loves to watch talk shows because she wants to be a reporter when she grows up. She likes the news. She hopes to find out what's going on around the world. She doesn't mind sports shows. She can't stand scary movies because they are too scary. She likes to sing and dance and she loves to watch talent shows.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. action　2. Lily's　3. enjoyable　
4. comedies　5. to write
Ⅱ. 1. shows; for　2. did a good job　
3. dressed up as　4. comes from　5. nothing important
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. jokes　2. happen　3. culture　4. famous　
5. appeared　6. successful　7. unlucky　
8. educational　9. comedies　10. discussion
[短语速译]
1. action movie　2. find out　3. dress up
4. be ready to do sth.　5. do a good job　
6. come out　7. take one's place　8. a symbol of　
9. 来自　10. 例如
11. 尽某人最大的努力　12. 才艺展示　
13. 肥皂剧　14. 向(从)……学习　
15. 因……著名　16. 讨论关于……
[句型闯关]
1. to play　2. What; to do; to visit　3. to get
4. Why; like watching; Because
5. What; think of; stand　6. to be
[语法专练]
1. to put　2. to do　3. to be　4. to drink　
5. to watch
[真题演练]
1. A　考查名词辨析。由后面一句“He can find out what's going on around the world.”可知，只有新闻能让他了解世界各地发生的事情。news“新闻，消息”。句意：杰克喜欢看新闻。他能了解全球各地正在发生的事情。故选A。
2. C　考查动词辨析。句意：——简洗完衣服了吗？——你不要期望她做这样的事情。expect sb. to do sth.意为“期望某人做某事”，符合句意。故选C。
3. B　考查动词辨析。 由句中“The movie is so interesting”可推知后半句的意思是“我不介意明天再看一次”。mind“介意”。句意：电影这么有趣，我不介意明天再看一次。故选B。
4. D　考查情态动词辨析。 can“能够，可以”，常用于否定句表示否定而有把握的推测；need“需要”，不表示推测语气；must“必须”，表示肯定而有把握的推测语气；might“可能，也许”，常用于表示没把握的推测语气。由句末的“我还不确定”可知前句意为“也许是布朗先生”。句意：——谁将给我们做关于公众礼仪的演讲？——可能是布朗先生，但是我还不确定。故选D。
5. C　考查固定搭配。句意：桂林因为青山绿水而闻名。be famous for“因……而出名”。故选C。



Unit 6　I'm going to study computer science.
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 长大；成熟；成长 ________
2. 确信；对……有把握________
3. 确保；查明 ________
4. 练习做某事 ________
5. be going to ________
6. be good at ________
7. keep on doing sth. ________
8. try one's best ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你长大了想做什么？
What do you ________ ________ ________ when you ________ ________？
2. 你打算如何做到？
________ ________ you ________ ________ ________ that?
3. 我打算学习计算机科学。
I ______ ______ ______ ______ computer science.
4. 我父母想让我成为一名医生，但我没有把握。
My parents want me to be a doctor, but ________ ________ ________ ________ that.
5. 只要你确保尽自己最大努力就可以了。
Just make sure you ________ ________ ________.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
What do you want to be when you grow_up?
你长大了想做什么？(教材第41页)
Many plants grow_up towards the sunlight.
许多植物朝着阳光的方向向上生长。
【探究总结】　
(1)grow up “长大；成熟；成长”，为不及物动词短语，常用来指人或动物。
(2)grow up 还有“向上生长”的意思，常用来指植物。
【对点训练】
比尔长大了想当一名医生。
Bill wants to be a doctor ________ ________ ________ ________．
2. keep on doing sth. 继续/坚持做某事
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义及用法
I'm going to keep_on_writing stories, of course.
当然，我打算一直写故事。(教材第42页)
Keep_on until you get to the church.
一直往前走到教堂。
The boy kept_watching the passing traffic at the gate. 这个男孩一直在门口看着过往的车辆。
【探究总结】　
(1)keep on意为“继续”，可以单独使用，也可以接动词-ing形式，即keep on doing sth. 意为“继续做某事”，表示克服困难继续坚持。
(2)keep on doing与keep doing的区别
keep on doing
表示动作反复，强调动作与动作之间的时间间隔及某人做某事的决心
keep doing
表示连续不断的动作，或某一动作的持续状态
【对点训练】
①My father kept on ________(smoke) though we wanted him to stop it.
②Why does the dog keep ________？
A. bark B. to bark
C. barks D. barking

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，完成下面的探究总结
My parents want me to be a doctor, but I'm_not_sure_about that. 我父母想让我成为一名医生，但我没有把握。(教材第42页)
He is_sure_of success. 他自信会成功的。
It is_sure_to rain. 天一定会下雨的。
Be_sure_not_to_do that again.
一定不要再那样做了。
I am_sure_that he will come. 我确信他会来。
【探究总结】　
(1)be sure about/of，意为“确信；对……有把握”，后跟名词、代词或动词-ing形式。
(2)be sure ________ ________ 表示说话者的推测或判断，意为“必定……；必然会……”，主语可以是人，也可以是物。若用在祈使句中，则表示对对方的要求，意为“务必要……；一定要……”。
(3)be sure＋that从句，表示主句主语对从句中涉及的人或物所作出的判断，意为“确信……一定会……”。主句的主语一定为________。
【对点训练】
①你对他的到来有把握吗？
________ you ________ ________ his coming?
②尼克一定会来。
Nick is sure ________ ________．
③我确信他不是小偷。
I'm ________ ________ he isn't a thief.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，完成下面的探究总结
Just make_sure you try your best. 只要你确保尽自己最大努力就可以了。(教材第42页)
Make_sure_to turn off the lights when you leave.
当你离开时务必把灯关掉。
We must make_sure_of your safety.
我们必须确保你的安全。
【探究总结】　
make sure意为“确保，查明”，其后可跟that(可省略)引导的宾语从句、________或of短语。
【对点训练】
①外出前你必须确保所有的灯都关掉了。
You have to ________ ________ you turn off all the lights before you go out.
②离开教室的时候请务必关好窗户。
Please make sure ________(close) the window.
③我们必须确保按时到达那里。
We must make sure of ________(reach) there on time.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Grace likes playing the________. She wants to be a ________. (violin)
2. Mother isn't a ________. But she can ________ delicious food for us. (cook)
3. My brother is a ________. Every day he ________ to work. (drive)
4. The old ________ tells us how to learn ________ well. (science)
5. Be sure ________(buy) some flowers for her.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Lily is sure about ________ there before 8:30.
A. get B. gets
C. getting D. to get
2. He's going to practice ________ basketball every day.
A. play B. to play
C. playing D. plays
3. —________ are you going to be a volleyball player?
—I'm going to play volleyball every day.
A. What B. How
C. Where D. When
4. Frank kept on ________ outside the room during all the meeting.
A. stand B. standing
C. stood D. to stand
5. There are many computers in the office. Make sure ________ the door before you leave.
A. you will lock B. locking
C. for locking D. you lock
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 我长大了想当一名医生。
I ________ ________ ________ a doctor when I ________ ________.
2. 你务必要每天刷牙。
________ ________ ________ ________ your teeth every day.
3. 确保按时完成作业， 这对每一个学生来说都是很重要的。
It's very important for every student ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ the homework on time.
4. 我们班的很多女生擅长唱歌。
Many girls in our class are ________ ________ ________.
5. 我会尽全力去实现我的梦想。
I'll ________ ________ ________ to make my dream come true.
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 写文章 __________
2. 把……发送给…… __________
3. 在(综合性)大学学习 __________
4. take acting lessons __________
5. go to a cooking school__________
6. move to __________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你打算去哪儿工作？
________ are you going ________ ________？
2. 你打算什么时候开始？
________ are you going ________ ________？
3. 她打算学习教育。
She's ________ ________ study ________.
4. 我打算写文章并把它们邮寄给杂志社和报社。
I'm going to write articles and ________ them ________ magazines and newspapers.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并总结send的常用搭配
I'm going to write articles and send them to magazines and newspapers. 我打算写文章并把它们邮寄给杂志社和报社。(教材第43页)
Tom sent me a postcard．＝Tom sent_a_postcard_to_me. 汤姆给我寄了一张明信片。
She sent her son to_return the books to the library. 她派她的儿子把书还给图书馆。
We should send_for a doctor.
我们应该派人去请一位医生。
【探究总结】　
(1)send 是及物动词，意为“邮寄；发送”，其过去式为sent。常见搭配有：
①“send sth. to＋地点”意为“把……寄到……”。
②send sb. sth.＝send sth. to sb. “把某物寄给某人”。
(2)send还有“派遣；打发；安排去”的意思，其常见搭配有：
①send sb. to do sth. 意为“打发某人做某事”。
②send for ... 意为“派人去请……”。
【对点训练】
①She sends me a letter every month. (改为同义句)
She ________ a letter ________ me every month.
②—Why are you in such a hurry?
—Bill is ill. I'm going to send ________ a doctor.
A. to B. ask
C. for D. get
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会be going to结构的具体用法。
I'm_going_to study math really hard.
我打算努力学习数学。(教材第43页)
I'm_not_going_to meet my friends today.
我今天不打算去见朋友。
—Are_you_going_to visit the zoo next week?
你们打算下周去参观动物园吗？
—Yes, we are./No, we aren't.
是的，是这样。/不，不是。
There_is_going_to_be an English film this evening.
今天晚上将有一场英文电影。
【探究总结】　
1. 概述
“be going to＋动词原形”主要表示打算、计划、决定要做的事情或根据客观迹象表明将要发生的事情。其中be有人称、时态和数的变化。
2. be going to的四种句式
(1)肯定句式：主语＋be going to＋动词原形＋其他。
(2)否定句式：主语＋be not going to＋动词原形＋其他。
(3)疑问句式：Be＋主语＋going to＋动词原形＋其他？
(4)There be 句式：There＋be going to＋be＋主语＋其他。
3. 使用be going to应注意的两点
(1)当there be句型使用be going to形式表将来，意为“将有……”时，to后的be是there be句式的be，不能用have。
(2)come, go, leave, arrive等表示位置移动的动词很少用在be going to之后，而是用现在进行时表将来。
【对点训练】
①My sister is going to practice the guitar every day next year. (改为否定句)
My sister ________ ________ ________ practice the guitar every day next year.
②They are going to visit Shanghai next week. (改为一般疑问句)
________ they ________ ________ visit Shanghai next week?
③The girl is going to take_singing_lessons this weekend. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the girl going to ________ this weekend?
④We have a class meeting every Tuesday afternoon. (用next Tuesday afternoon替换every Tuesday afternoon)
We ________ ________ ________ ________ a class meeting next Tuesday afternoon.
⑤There will be a discussion about this problem. (用be going to 改写句子)
There ________ ________ ________ ________ a discussion about this problem.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. These boys want to be cook. They are going to take ________(cook) lessons.
2. I ________(send) some pictures to my best friend yesterday.
3. —Let's play basketball this afternoon.
—That ________(sound) interesting.
4. There are still a few ________(medicine) in this bottle.
5. Our teacher often writes ________(article) to an education magazine.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Look at those big clouds. It ________ rain. Let's hurry.
A. must B. are going to
C. would D. is going to
2. —________ are you going to do?
—I'm going to have a swim.
A. Where B. What
C. How D. Why
3. —Are there any boys on the playground?
—Yes. They ________ football now. They ________ a football match next Saturday.
A. play; have
B. are playing; are going to have
C. play; are having
D. are playing; have
4. He is going to be a computer programmer when he ________ college.
A. finishes B. starts
C. left D. begins
5. There ________ a piano concert tomorrow evening.
A. is going to have B. is having
C. is going to be D. is going to having
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. I want to be a_reporter when I grow up. (对画线部分提问)
________ do you want to ________ when you grow up?
2. She is going to visit her grandpa when_school_is_over. (对画线部分提问)
________ is she going ________ ________ her grandpa?
3. The girl is going to study at_home. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the girl going to study?
4. The students are going to school on_foot. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the students going to school?
5. My father is going to send a dictionary to me. (改为同义句)
My father is going to ________ ________ a dictionary.
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 成为足球队的一员 ________
2. 学习弹钢琴 ________
3. 取得好成绩 ________
4. get a lot of exercise ________
5. learn another foreign language________
6. New Year's resolutions________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 明年你打算干什么？
________ ________ you going to do ________ ________？
2. 我打算上吉他课。
I'm going to ________ ________ ________．
3. 听起来像是个好计划。
________ ________ a good plan.
4. 但是外语不适合我。
But the foreign languages ________ ________ ________ ________．
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Next year, I'm going to learn_a_foreign_language.
明年，我打算学习一门外语。
Next year, I'm going to learn_to_play the piano.
明年，我打算学习弹钢琴。(教材第44页)
We should learn_from each other. 我们应该互相学习。
You may learn_about Chinese culture first.
你可以先了解一下中国文化。
【探究总结】　
(1)learn 用作及物动词时，其后可跟名词、代词或 ________ (动名词/不定式)作宾语。
(2)用作不及物动词时， 常构成以下短语：learn from sb. 向某人学习；learn about了解；认识到；learn by oneself自学。
【对点训练】
①The cook is going to learn ________(cook) Sichuan food.
②你了解中国历史吗？
Do you ________ ________ Chinese history?
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. My uncle ________(find) a part-time job next term.
2. Tina is very young, but she starts learning ________(do) the chores.
3. Some girls are going to eat ________(health) food than they ate last year.
4. We're going to get lots of ________(exercise) to keep healthy in the new year.
5. The girl practices ________(play) the piano every evening.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 了解英国文化能帮助你更好地学习英语。
________ ________ British culture can help you study English better.
2. 我奶奶年事已高，但她打算学一门外语。
My grandma is quite old, but she's going to ________ ________ ________ ________.
3. 下周你打算上小提琴课吗？
Are you going to ________ ________ ________ next week?
4. 那听起来像个好主意。
That ________ ________ a good idea.
5. 我们的新年决心是组建一个英语俱乐部。
Our New Year's resolution is ________ ________ an English club.
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 能够做某事 ____________
2. 许诺 ____________
3. 在……开始 ____________
4. 改善我们的生活 ____________
5. write down ____________
6. the coming year ____________
7. start an exercise program____________
8. make a weekly plan ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 有一些是关于身体健康的。
Some are ________ ________ ________.
2. 很多决心与自我提高有关。
Many resolutions ________ ________ ________ ________ self-improvement.
3. 有的人也许会说他们将开始培养一种业余爱好，如画画、摄影或学弹吉他。
Some people might say they are going to ________ ________ a hobby like painting or taking photos, or learn to play the guitar.
4. 大多数决心都有一个共同点。
Most resolutions ________ one thing ________ ________.
5. 正因如此，很多人说最好的决心就是没有决心！
________ ________ ________， some people say the best resolution is to have no resolutions!
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，完成下面的探究总结
For example, some people promise themselves they are going to start an exercise program or eat less fast food. 例如，有些人向自己承诺要开始某种锻炼计划或少吃快餐食品。(教材第45页)
My father promises to give up smoking.
我父亲承诺戒烟。
My aunt promised me a bag.
我姨妈答应给我买个包。
She always makes_promises to her teacher.
她总是向老师许诺。
【探究总结】　 promise用法小结
词性
常用结构
动词
promise (sb.)＋that 从句(向某人)承诺……
promise ________ ________ ________ 承诺去做某事
promise sb. sth. 许诺某人某事
名词
________ ________ 许诺
keep a promise 遵守诺言
【对点训练】
①Mary promises ________ another foreign language next month.
A. learn B. to learn
C. learns D. learning
②我们必须遵守诺言。
We must ________ our ________.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. He began to work hard at the ________(begin) of last year.
2. I think hobbies like ________(sing) and dancing are very relaxing. They are good for our health.
3. —Do you have a ________(week) plan for your schoolwork?
—Yes, I do.
4. What's the ________(mean) of “promise”？
5. Reading more helps students ________(study) English better.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Tom and Bob played the violin so well. Who taught them?
—They taught ________．
A. me B. him
C. themselves D. myself
2. These are useful words. Please ________.
A. write down it B. write it down
C. write them down D. write down them
3. Bob promises ________ me with my spoken English.
A. help B. helps
C. helping D. to help
4. My friend is going to ________ a hobby like playing chess.
A. look up B. take up
C. get up D. stand up
5. —What is your New Year's resolution?
—I never ________ any resolutions because I can't ________ them.
A. make; keep B. make; take
C. take; keep D. keep; make
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 下决心 __________
2. 去上大学 __________
3. 使你的生活更容易 __________
4. do better at school __________
5. drive to work __________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 决心就是对自己的承诺。
Resolutions are ________ ________ ________.
2. 第一个决心与自我提升有关。
The first resolution is about ________ ________ ________ improvement.
3. 第三个决心是关于改善我与家人、朋友间关系的。
The third resolution is about ________ my relationships ________ my family and friends.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并体会own的用法
The first resolution is about my own personal improvement.
第一个决心与自我提升有关。(教材第47页)
My uncle owns a big supermarket.
我叔叔拥有一个大超市。
This book is my own. 这本书是我自己的。
【探究总结】　own的三种词性
(1)own 用作形容词， 意为“自己的；本人的”， 常用在形容词性物主代词、所有格之后，加强语气。
(2)own 用作动词， 意为“拥有”。其名词形式为owner，意为“主人”。
(3)own还可以用作代词，意为“自己的/本人的东西”。
【对点训练】
那是他自己的房子。
That is ________ ________ house.
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元以“生活目标”为话题，围绕这一话题运用be going to结构谈论将来计划、打算要做的事情以及为此而采取的措施、方法、途径等。最能全面体现本单元话题及语言运用能力的话题作文就是“新年决心及谈论理想职业”，这也是单元测试和中考等试题中常考的话题作文之一。
【写作任务】
根据所给提示及要求，以“My Dream Job”为题，用英语写一篇短文。
提示：1. 打算成为一名记者；
2. 准备给杂志社写文章；
3. 高中毕业后想去北京上大学；
4. 想在一家电视台工作并环游世界。
要求：1. 语句通顺，符合逻辑；
2. 包含以上所有要点，可适当发挥；
3. 词数：80词左右(开头已给出，不计入总词数)。
My Dream Job
I have a dream. ___________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称
2. 时态：一般将来时(be going to)
3. 结构提纲：
(1)开篇点题：点明自己的理想职业。
(2)论述观点：说明选择这一职业的原因，阐述自己从事这一职业后的规划。
(3)问题式结尾：以反问他人的职业选择结尾。
4. 语句储备：
(1)I want to be ... when I grow up.
(2)I'm going to ...
(3)How are you going to do that?
【汇思成篇】
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. My ________(one) resolution has to do with my study.
2. These ideas are about ________(improve) our physical health.
3. Mum, I have some ________(person) problems to discuss with you.
4. Could you tell me how to improve my ________(relationship) with my classmates?
5. Is this ________(we) own computer room?
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 这些不是他们自己的书。
These aren't ________ ________ books.
2. 个人清洁对身体健康很重要。
________ cleanliness is very important to ________ health.
3. 她所有的新年决心都与学习有关。
All her New Year's resolutions ________ ________ ________ ________ her study.
4. 越来越多的人开车去上班。
More and more people ________ ________ work.
5. 多读书会使你成为一名更优秀的学生。
Reading more can ________ you ________ ________ student
.



















































单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. Alice wants to be a doctor. She's going to study m________ in the university.
2. —How can I i________ my English?
—You can ask the teacher for help.
3. —I like to play tennis. What's your h________？
—I like dancing.
4. Her uncle is a taxi ________(drive) and he is very busy.
5. This is my ________(person) letters. Don't read.
6. At the ________(begin) of the meeting, they played a video about animals.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 长大 grow _______
2. 确信；对……有把握be _____ _______
3. 确保；查明 ________ sure
4. 能够做某事 be________ _______
5. 在……开始
at ________ ________ ________
6. 写下；记录下 write ________
7. 关于；与……有关系
________ to do ________
8. take up ________
9. make the soccer team ________
10. send ... to ... ________
11. improve one's life ________
12. make promises to sb. ________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 他打算写故事并把它们寄给杂志社。
He is going to write stories and ________ them ________ magazines.
2. 我承诺放学回家后先做作业。
I ________ I'm going to do homework first when I ________ back home from school.
3. 他的答案与这些问题无关。
His answers ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ these questions.
4. 学生们向他们自己承诺将取得好成绩。
The students ________ ________ they are going to get good grades.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. The library is too old. We are going to ________(build) a new one.
2. —What are you going to ________(be) when you grow up?
—I'm going to be an actor.
3. Teachers' Day is coming. I ________(give) our teacher some flowers.
4. —Are you going to have a welcome party?
—Yes, we ________.
5. She ________(be) 14 years old next year.
Ⅱ. 句型转换
1. They are going to visit the Great Wall next summer vacation. (改为一般疑问句)
________ they ________ ________ ________ the Great Wall next summer vacation?
2. She is going to work_with_Jim. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ she going to ________？
3. We are going to have a basketball match in our school. (改为there be结构的句子)
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ a basketball match in our school.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
be going to表示将来及名词driver、动词词组take up的用法。
1. (2015·江西)—Do you have any plans for tonight?
—Yes, I ________ at the new Italian restaurant in town.
A. eat B. have eaten
C. ate D. am going to eat
2. (2015·德阳)There ________ a football game in our school next week.
A. will be B. will have
C. is going to have D. are going to be
3. (2015·重庆)Dave really likes driving. I think being a ________ is just right for him.
A. doctor B. teacher
C. farmer D. driver
4. (2015·贵港)—What are you going to do during the summer vacation?
—I am going to ________ a new hobby like swimming or dancing.
A. take off B. take up
C. take after D. take in
5. (2015·莱芜)They don't like to eat out. They often cook meals by ________(they) at home.


参考答案
Unit 6　I'm going to study
computer science.
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. grow up　2. be sure about　3. make sure　4. practice doing sth.　5. 将要　6. 擅长　7. 继续做某事　8. 尽某人最大的努力
Ⅱ. 1. want to be; grow up　2. How are; going to do 3. am going to study　4. I'm not sure about　5. try your best
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] when he grows up
2. [对点训练] ①smoking　②D
3. [探究总结] (2)to do　(3)人
[对点训练] ①Are; sure about　②to come　③sure that
4. [探究总结] 动词不定式
[对点训练] ①make sure　②to close　③reaching
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. violin; violinist　2. cook; cook　
3. driver; drives　4. scientist; science　5. to buy
Ⅱ. 1. C　考查非谓语动词。be sure about doing sth.“对做某事有把握”。故选C。
2. C　考查practice的用法。practice意为“练习”，后接名词或动词-ing形式。句意：他打算每天练习打篮球。故选C。
3. B　考查特殊疑问词。由答语“我每天练习打排球。”可知询问的是对方“如何”成为一名排球运动员。故选B。
4. B　考查非谓语动词。keep on doing sth.“一直做某事”。故选B。
5. A　考查动词词组。make sure其后跟that从句。故选A。
Ⅲ. 1. want to be; grow up　2. Be sure to brush　3. to make sure to finish　4. good at singing　5. try my best
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. write articles　2. send ... to ...
3. study at a university　4. 上表演课　5. 上烹饪学校　6. 搬迁到
Ⅱ. 1. Where; to work　2. When; to start
3. going to; education　4. send; to

【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①sends; to　②C
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练]①isn't going to　②Are; going to
③What is; do　④are going to have　⑤is going to be
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. cooking　2. sent　3. sounds　
4. medicine　5. articles
Ⅱ. 1. D　考查动词时态。be going to“将要……”。句中主语为it，因此be动词要用is。故选D。
2. B　考查特殊疑问词。由答语“I'm going to have a swim.”可知在询问对方打算干什么，故答案为B项。
3. B　考查时态。由时间状语now可知第一个句子用现在进行时；根据第二个句子的时间状语next Saturday可知用一般将来时。因此答案为B项。
4. A　考查动词辨析。由常识可知，从事某工作应在毕业之后。finish/leave school都可表示“大学毕业”，但在时间状语从句中要用一般现在时代替一般将来时。故选A。
5. C　考查there be句型的一般将来时。There be句型使用be going to 表示将来，正确形式是“There is going to be ...”。 故选C。
Ⅲ. 1. What; be　2. When; to visit　3. Where is
4. How are　5. send me
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. make the soccer team　2. learn to play the piano　3. get good grades　4. 多做运动　5. 学习另一门外语　6. 新年决心
Ⅱ. 1. What are; next year　2. take guitar lessons　3. Sounds like　4. are not for me
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] (1)不定式
[对点训练] ①to cook　②learn about
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. is going to find　2. to do　3. healthier　4. exercise　5. playing
Ⅱ. 1. Learning about　2. learn a foreign language　3. take violin lessons　4. sounds like　5. to make
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. be able to　2. make promises　3. at the beginning of　4. improve our lives　5. 写下，记录下　6. 来年　7. 启动一个锻炼项目　8. 制定一个周计划
Ⅱ. 1. about physical health　2. have to do with　3. take up　4. have; in common　
5. For this reason
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] to do sth., make promises
[对点训练] ①B　②keep; promise(s)
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. beginning　2. singing　3. weekly　
4. meaning　5. (to) study
Ⅱ. 1. C　考查反身代词的用法。当主语和宾语是同一个人时， 用反身代词。故选C。
2. C　考查动词词组。句意：这些是有用的单词。请把它们写下来。them在此代替上文中出现的名词words，且放在动词write和副词down之间。故选C。
3. D　考查非谓语动词。promise to do sth.“承诺做某事”。故选D。
4. B　考查固定词组。take up“开始做；从事……”。
5. A　考查动词词义辨析。make resolutions和keep resolutions为固定短语， 意为“制定/实现决心”。故选A。
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. make resolutions　2. go to university
3. make your life easier　4. 在学校做得更好
5. 开车上班
Ⅱ. 1. promises to yourself　2. my own personal　3. improving; with
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] his own
[写作指导]
One possible version:
My Dream Job
I have a dream. I want to be a reporter when I grow up. I think it's an exciting job. I'm going to send articles to magazines. And after I finish high school, I want to go to a university in Beijing. I want to work in a TV station and travel all over the world one day. So I'm going to study harder.
What's your dream? How are you going to do that? Can you tell me?
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. first　2. improving　3. personal　
4. relationships　5. our
Ⅱ. 1. their own　2. Personal; physical　
3. have to do with
4. drive to　5. make; a better
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. medicine　2. improve　3. hobby　4. driver　5. personal　6. beginning
[短语速译]
1. up　2. sure about　3. make　4. able to
5. the beginning of　6. down　7. have; with
8. 学着做；开始做　9. 成为足球队的一员
10. 把……寄给……　11. 改善某人的生活　12. 对某人许诺
[句型闯关]
1. send; to　2. promise; get　3. don't have to do with　4. promise themselves
[语法专练]
Ⅰ. 1. build　2. be　3. will give/am going to give　4. are　5. will be
Ⅱ. 1. Are; going to visit　2. What is; do
3. There is going to be
[真题演练]
1. D　考查动词时态。句意：你今晚有计划吗？是的，我打算在镇上新的意大利餐馆吃顿饭。根据问句可知是今晚将去，用一般将来时。故选D。
2. A　考查主谓一致用法。句意：下周在我们学校将有场足球赛。在there be句式中将来时用will be或is/are going to be，由于句中主语为单数，故选A。
3. D　考查名词辨析。由“Dave really likes driving”可知，驾驶员的工作适合他。句意：Dave很喜欢开车，我认为他很适合当一名驾驶员。doctor“医生”；teacher“老师”；farmer“农民”；driver“驾驶员”。故选D。
4. B　考查动词词组辨析。句意：——暑假期间你打算做什么？——我准备开始从事像游泳或跳舞之类的新爱好。take off“脱下；起飞”，take up“占据，开始从事”，take after“像”，take in“吸收，采取”。结合题干意思应选B。
5. themselves　由上一句“他们不喜欢到外面吃”可知，他们常常“自己”在家做饭。句子主语是they，其相应的反身代词是themselves。



Unit 7　Will people have robots?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 在电脑上，使用电脑_____________
2. 参与；发挥作用 _____________
3. 拯救地球 _____________
4. free time _____________
5. in danger _____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你认为人们家里会有机器人吗？
Do you think ________ ________ ________ robots in people's homes?
2. 人们将会活到200岁。
People will ________ ________ ________ 200 years old.
3. 100年后人们还用钱吗？
________ people use money ________ 100 years?
4. 将会有更少的人。
There will be ________ ________．
5. ——那么未来将会是什么样？
——城市将会更加拥挤、更受污染。
—So what ________ the future ________ ________？
—Cities ________ ________ more crowded and ________.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Do you think there_will_be robots in people's homes?
你认为人们家里将会有机器人吗？(教材第49页)
There_won't_be more pollution in the future.
未来将不会有更多的污染。
—Will_there_be an English contest in your school? 你们学校将有一场英语竞赛吗？
—Yes,_there_will./No,_there_won't.
是的，会有。/不，不会有。


【探究总结】　there be结构的一般将来时
(1)含义：“there will be”表示某地将存在某人或某物，有时可与there is/are going to be相互转换。
(2)there will be 结构的三种句式
①肯定句：There will be＋主语＋其他．
②否定句：There ________ be＋主语＋其他．
③一般疑问句： ________ there be＋主语＋其他？
答语：Yes, there will./No, there won't.
提示
there be句型只表示存在关系,人或物并不属于某个地方,所以句中不能出现表示拥有关系的have/has。
【对点训练】
①There will be a sports meeting in my school tomorrow. (改为一般疑问句)
________ ________ ________ a sports meeting in your school tomorrow?
②There will be a volleyball match next week. (改为否定句)
________ ________ ________ a volleyball match next week.
③The radio says ________ a rainstorm this weekend.
A. there will have
B. there will be
C. there has
D. there has been

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Will people use money in_100_years?
100年之后人们还会使用钱吗？(教材第49页)
Mary came back after_two_hours.
两小时之后玛丽回来了。
My uncle will come back after_two_o'clock.
我叔叔将在两点后回来。
He got the letter from his parents a_week_later．
一周之后他收到了父母的来信


【探究总结】　 in, after与later的辨析
in
后接一段时间，表示以现在时间为起点的“一段时间之后”。也可表示“在将来多少时间之内”，常用于一般将来时
after
后接一段时间，表示以过去时间为起点的“一段时间以后”，常用于一般过去时
后接时间点，表示在某一时刻之后，常用于将来时
later
一般用于一段时间之后，即“一段时间＋later”，相当于“after＋一段时间”，也可单独使用，可用于一般过去时或一般将来时
【对点训练】
①The radio says that the sun will come out ________.
A. in B. for
C. after D. later
②—Will your father be back from London ________ two days?
—Yes, he will.
A. for B. about
C. in D. after
③He started on Monday and arrived in Beijing ________ three days.
A. in B. after
C. for D. at
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. There will be more ________(pollute) if we set up the paper factory.
2. I need some ________(paper) to write a letter.
3. She has ________(few) friends than her sister.
4. We should use the cars ________(little) and walk ________(much) to make our city cleaner.
5. We're sure that China ________(be) stronger tomorrow.

Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —________ will Mr. Green be back?
—In a week, I think.
A. How often B. How many
C. How long D. How soon
2. —The teacher tells us to use ________ time to do ________ things.
—I see. He means that we should do things faster.
A. less; fewer B. fewer; more
C. less; more D. more; more
3. Please pass me two ________.
A. pieces of paper B. piece of papers
C. pieces paper D. piece papers
4. There ________ a wonderful Olympic Games in Tokyo in 2020.
A. will have B. will be
C. will hold D. are having
5. I hope we'll study ________ home ________ computers in the future.
A. in; with B. at; on
C. at; with D. in; on
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. There will be a sports meeting next Friday. (改为否定句)
There ________ ________ a sports meeting next Friday.
2. Anna will go_to_the_cinema tonight. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ Anna ________ tonight?
3. I think there will be robots in our homes. (改为一般疑问句)
________ you ________ ________ ________ be robots in our homes?
4. There is going to be fewer birds in the city. (改为同义句)
________ ________ ________ fewer birds in the city.
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本课重点词汇

1. There will be ________ fresh water because there will be more pollution in the sea in the future.
2. There will be ________ trees, so we must plant more trees.
3. I think there will be more cities because people will build ________ buildings in the country.
4. In 100 years, people will have more free time because there will be ________ things to do.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——一百年后人们还会用钱吗？
——不， 他们不会。每一样东西将会是免费的。
—________ people ________ money in 100 years?
—No, they ________. Everything ________ ________ free.
2. 机器人将会和人们做同样的工作。
Robots will do the ________ ________ ________ people.
3. 他们不用去上学了。
They ________ ________ to school.
4. ——将会有世界和平吗？
——是的， 我希望如此。
—________ ________ ________ world peace?
—Yes, I hope so.
5. 家人通常在周末一起度过时光。
Families usually ________ time together ________ weekends.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会各种“花费”的不同
Families usually spend time together on weekends ...
家人通常在周末一起度过时光…… (教材第51页)
I have to pay them about 100 pounds for this room each week. 我每周要付给他们约100英镑的房租。
A new computer costs a lot of money.
买一台新电脑要花一大笔钱。
It took them three years to build this road.
他们用了三年时间修建了这条路。
【探究总结】　 spend, pay, cost与take 的用法辨析

点拨
区分四个词的关键是看句子的主语及相关的搭配。
【对点训练】
用spend，pay，cost或take填空
①The book ________ me ten yuan last week.
②Bill ________ 100 yuan for the toy bear.
③It ________ me an hour to walk to school every day.
④Nick ________ two hours playing football last weekend.
【语法聚焦】
一般将来时

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
We will see a film tomorrow afternoon.
明天下午我们将去看一场电影。
We won't leave before nine.
九点以前我们不会离开。
—Will people have robots?
人们将会有机器人吗？
—Yes,_they_will. 是的，他们将会有。
【探究总结】　
1. 含义：一般将来时表示将来某个时间要发生的动作或存在的状态，也可以表示将来经常或反复发生的动作。
2. 构成：(1)肯定句：主语＋will/shall＋________.(shall一般用于第一人称，will可用于各种人称)
(2)否定句：主语＋will/shall＋not＋动词原形．
(3)一般疑问句： ________＋主语＋动词原形 ?
肯定回答：Yes, 主语＋will/shall.;
否定回答：No, 主语＋won't/shan't.
【对点训练】
①My mother will come here next week. (改为否定句)
My mother ________ ________ here next week.
②There will be no schools in the future. (改为一般疑问句)
________ ________ ________ no schools in the future?

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，注意句中时间状语的特点
Mary wants to be a teacher in_the_future.
玛丽将来想当老师。
I will go to Dalian tomorrow_morning.
明天早上我将去大连。
There will be a new road here next_year．
明年这儿将有一条新路。
【探究总结】　
一般将来时常与in the future, tomorrow, tomorrow morning/afternoon/evening, next week/year, in＋一段时间等时间状语连用。
【对点训练】
①He ________ fifteen years old next month.
A. is B. will is
C. will be D. will
②—What will you do tomorrow afternoon?
—I ________ basketball with Jim.
A. play B. is playing
C. is going to play D. will play
③—Do you think there will be a car that can fly in the sky?
—________. I think we can go anywhere by car.
A. I'm afraid not B. Yes, there will
C. I hope not D. I think possible
④There won't be any paper money in about 20 years, ________？
A. will there B. is there
C. won't there D. isn't there
⑤—We have no more vegetables in the fridge(冰箱).
—I ________ and buy some.
A. go B. went
C. will go D. was going
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. He eats ________(much) and exercise ________(little), so he is unhealthy.
2. There ________(be) a basketball match between Class 1 and Class 5 this Sunday.
3. I ________(not) go shopping with you this afternoon.
4. ________ people ________(ride) bikes to work in 50 years?
5. In 50 years, I think robots ________(help) people do much work.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I spent ten yuan ________ the book.
A. buying B. buy
C. to buy D. buys
2. —________ do you think Nick will be in ten years?
—I think he will be a scientist.
A. How B. What
C. When D. Which
3. I think he ________ finish doing the work in an hour.
A. be able to B. will can
C. will be able to D. be will able to
4. Their life will be ________ if there are ________ children in a family.
A. richer; less B. poorer; fewer
C. richer; more D. richer; fewer
5. —Will people live to be 200 years old?
—________. People can't live so long.
A. No, they won't B. No, they don't
C. Yes, they do D. Yes, they will
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. Cities will be more polluted in the future. (改为一般疑问句)
________ cities ________ more polluted in the future?
2. My father will get to Shanghai by plane this evening. (对画线部分提问)
________ will your father ________ to Shanghai this evening?
3. How will the weather be tomorrow？(改为同义句)
________ will the weather be ________ tomorrow?
4. Tom often plays basketball on weekends. (用this weekend改写句子)
Tom ________ ________ basketball this weekend.
5. There will be more pollution in ten years. (改为否定句)
There ________ ________ more pollution in ten years.
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 十年前我乘火车去上学。
I ________ ________ ________ to school ten years ago.
2. 我将成为一名宇航员。
I ________ ________ ________ astronaut.
3. 我将乘火箭去月球。
________ ________ ________ rockets to the moon.
4. 我将住在太空站。
I'll ________ ________ a space station.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I will fly rockets to the moon.
我将乘火箭去月球。(教材第52页)
The Greens will fly_to Shanghai next week.
格林夫妇下周将乘飞机去上海。
There are lots of flies in summer.
夏天有很多苍蝇。
【探究总结】　fly的用法小结
(1)fly作动词，意为“航行；飞行”，过去式为flew。“fly ... to＋地点” 意为“乘……飞往某地”。
(2)“fly to＋地点”意为“飞往某地”，相当于“go to＋地点＋by plane/air”。
(3)fly作名词，意为“苍蝇”，复数形式为flies。
【对点训练】
①There are many ________ in the room. They ________ everywhere.
A. flying; are flying　
B. flies; are flying
C. flies; flies
D. flies; flying
②My son will fly to Tianjin next Friday. (改为同义句)
My son will ________ ________ Tianjin ________ ________ next Friday.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
I will live on a space station.
我将住在太空站。(教材第52页)
There is very little space here.
这儿的空间很少。
Could you make room for me?
你能给我腾点地方吗？
Wuhan is a beautiful place.
武汉是一个美丽的地方。
【探究总结】　
(1)space此处用作不可数名词，意为“太空；空间”，其前一般不用冠词，但被形容词修饰时可用定冠词the。
(2)space, room与place的用法辨析
space
表示“太空；空地；空间”时，为不可数名词；意为“空；空当”时，为可数名词
room
意为“空间；空地”时，为不可数名词；意为“房间”时，是可数名词
place
意为“地点；地方”，是可数名词
【对点训练】

①Is there any________ for me in the car?
②That desk takes up too much ________.
③Hangzhou is a good ________to visit.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. Yang Liwei is an excellent a________．
2. My best friend lives in an a________ next to the supermarket.
3. James wants to fly r________ to visit other planets.
4. The Shenzhou X helps us know more about s________.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. He wants to be a computer ________ (program) in the future.
2. The Smiths ________(fly) to Beijing tomorrow.
3. Where ________ your brother ________ (live) in 15 years?
4. There is a post office ________(cross) from the school.
5. I ________(take) the bus to school when I was young.
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 突然倒下；跌倒；倒塌________
2. 寻找；寻求 ________
3. 多次；反复地 ________
4. hundreds of_ ________
5. get bored ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 它们帮助做家务并做一些像在很脏或者危险的地方干货之类的工作。
They ________ ________ the housework and do jobs like ________ in dirty or ________ places.
2. 然而，一些科学家认为尽管我们能使机器人像人一样移动，但是使他们像人一样思考将会很难。
However, some scientists believe that although we can make robots ________ ________ people, it will be difficult ________ ________ them really think like a human.
3. 对一个孩子来说，醒来后知道自己在哪儿是很容易的。
It's easy ________ a child ________ ________ ________ and know where she or he is.
4. 他们认为在25年到50年之后机器人甚至将能够像人类一样交谈。
They think that robots ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ talk like humans in 25 to 50 years.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
Today there are already robots working in factories. 现在已经有机器人在工厂里干活了。(教材第53页)
Is he already 60 years old? 他已经60岁了吗？
Is breakfast ready yet？早饭已经准备好了吗？
I haven't received a letter from him yet.
我还没有收到他的信。
【探究总结】　already与yet的用法辨析
already
意为“已经；早已”，位于be动词、助动词之后，实义动词之前，常用于肯定句中，用在疑问句中表示惊讶
yet
意为“已经，还”，一般用在疑问句或否定句中，通常放在句末
【对点训练】
选词填空

①My grandpa is ________ 80 years old.
②I haven't had lunch ________．

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
However, they agree it may take hundreds_of years.
然而，他们都认为这可能需要数百年的时间。(教材第53页)
There are more than nine hundred students in our school. 我们学校有900多名学生。
【探究总结】　
(1)hundreds of 意为“许多；大量；数百的，成百上千的”，表示不确切数字，后接 ________(单数/复数)名词。
(2)hundred 意为“一百”，表示具体数量。当hundred, thousand, million等前有具体的数字修饰时，只能用 ________(单数/复数)。
助记
具体数字用单数,不定数字用复数,后面还得用of。
【对点训练】
①In our city, ________ middle school students want to work as a teacher in the future.
A. hundred B. hundred of
C. hundreds of D. two hundred of
②There are ________ books in our library.
A. nine hundreds B. hundreds
C. hundred of D. seven hundred
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用方框中所给词的适当形式填空
already, possible, hundred, fall, danger
1. Lu Xun loved reading. When he was young, he read ________ of books.
2. Many trees ________ down in the storm(暴风雨) last night.
3. It is ________ to play soccer in the street.
4. It is ________ for me to get to Central Park before 6:00. That's too early.
5. The old man looks very young, but in fact he is ________ seventy.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Work hard, and you'll ________ learn English well.
A. can B. able to
C. be able to D. are able to
2. —What are you doing?
—I'm ________ my English book.
A. looking B. looking for
C. finding D. finding out
3. —I think math is more useful than P.E.
—I don't ________ you. They are both useful.
A. get on with B. catch up with
C. talk with D. agree with
4. Robots can do ________ jobs but never get ________.
A. bored; bored B. boring; boring
C. bored; boring D. boring; bored
5. It is ________ beautiful music. I like it very much.
A. so　 　B. such C. very　 　D. too
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 养一只鸟　　　　________ a bird
2. 在工作日 ________ the week
3. 度假 take a ________
4. 休闲活动 ________ ________ activities
5. ……的意思________ ________ ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 在周末，我衣着看起来不会那么讲究，但是我会更加舒适。
On the weekend, I'll look ________ smart but I'll ________ ________ comfortable.
2. 将来人们会干得更多，因此他们可能将会有更少的假期。
In the future, people will ________ ________ so they'll ________ have fewer vacations.
3.嗯，没有人知道未来将会是什么样子的。
Well, no one knows ________ the future will ________ ________.
4. 我想飞向天空。
I want to ________ ________ ________ the sky.
5. 但是你也应该记住生活中会有好的事情，也会有不好的事情。
But you should also remember that there will be ________ ________ ________ ________ things in life.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
During the week, I'll wear smart clothes.
在工作日，我会穿讲究的衣服。(教材第55页)
The little girl can dress herself.
这个小女孩能自己穿衣服。
It's very cold outside. Please put_on your coat.
外面很冷。请穿上外套。
Look! My sister is_in red.
看！我妹妹穿着红色的衣服。

【探究总结】　 wear, dress, put on与be in的用法辨析
wear
“穿；戴”，表示状态，后接表示衣服、鞋帽等的名词，可用于进行时
dress
“穿”，表示动作，人作宾语，构成dress sb. 或dress________/get dressed；也可表状态，常构成“be dressed in＋衣服/颜色”的结构
put on
“穿上”，表示________(动作/状态)，后接衣服类名词
be in
“穿着；戴着”，表示状态，后跟表示衣服、鞋帽等的名词，此时可以与wear, have sth. on进行转换；也可以跟颜色类名词，不能用于进行时

助记
　　
wear/be in put on　 dress sb.
[状态] [动作] 　 [动作]
【对点训练】
①约翰今天穿着白色的衣服。
John is ________ white today.
②那个老人戴着一副眼镜。
The old man ________ a pair of glasses.
③你最好穿上你的鞋子。
You'd better ________ ________ your shoes.
④妈妈给孩子穿好衣服后就下楼了。
The mother ________ her baby and then they went downstairs.
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元以“未来的生活”为话题，围绕这一话题来谈论人们的生活。而最能全面体现本单元话题及语言运用能力的话题作文就是“介绍人们未来的生活”，这也是中考试题中常考的话题作文之一。
【写作任务】
根据提示以“The life in the future”为题写一篇英语短文。
提示：1. 每个家庭都会拥有机器人，会做家务；
2. 学生将通过电脑学习；
3. 人们会活到200岁。
要求：1. 语句通顺，内容完整，语法正确。
2. 不要逐条翻译，想象须合情合理。
3. 词数80左右。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称和第三人称
2. 时态：一般将来时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：你认为未来生活将会是什么样子？
(2)具体介绍：从设想的各个方面具体介绍未来生活。
(3)回扣主题：为了未来的生活，我们应该努力学习。
4. 语句储备：
(1)What do you think the life in the future will be like?
(2)Students can study at home on computers.
(3)People will live to be 200 years old.
(4)... be able to ...
【汇思成篇】
The life in the future
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【达标检测】
1. My sister is a newspaper ________(report) and she writes a lot of reports for the newspaper.
2. I'm sure we'll have more free time ________(activity)．
3. People will have ________(few) vacations because of more work.
4. About five ________(hundred) kids will take part in this party.
5. I want to visit Jiu Zhaigou in Sichuan when ________(impossible)．
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Personally I don't quite agree that people ________ dangerous animals as pets.
A. pick B. make
C. keep D. follow
2. Welcome to our hotel! I hope you'll have a good time ________ your stay here.
A. after B. during
C. with D. since
3. To have ________ vacations, they have to work more every day.
A. more B. less
C. fewer D. many
4. Can you tell me ________ in the future?
A. how life will be like
B. how will life be like
C. what life will be like
D. what will life be like
5. On the weekend we can ________ comfortable clothes.
A. put on B. with
C. wear D. dress





















































参考答案
Unit 7　Will people have robots?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. on Internet　2. play a part　3. save the earth　4. 空闲时间　5. 在危险中
Ⅱ. 1. there will be　2. live to be　3. Will; in
4. fewer people　5. will; be like; will be; polluted
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (2)②won't　③Will
[对点训练] ①Will there be　②There won't be　③B
2. [对点训练] ①D　②C　③B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. pollution　2. paper　3. fewer　4. less; more　5. will be
Ⅱ. 1. D　考查特殊疑问词组辨析。in引导的时间状语常用how soon进行提问。故选D。
2. C　考查比较级的用法。time是不可数名词，things是可数名词。由下文句意“他的意思是我们做事情应该更快”可推知上文句意为“老师告诉我们用更少的时间做更多的事情”。故选C。
3. A　考查不可数名词的量。paper是不可数名词，表示“……张纸”用... pieces of paper，故选A。
4. B　考查there be结构。 由句中的时间状语in 2020可知，要用there be结构的一般将来时there will be。故选B。
5. B　考查介词的用法。句意“我希望在将来我们会通过电脑在家学习”。at home是固定短语， 意为“在家”； on用作介词， 有“通过”之意。
Ⅲ. 1. won't be　2. What will; do　3. Do; think there will　4. There will be
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. less　2. fewer　3. more　4. fewer
Ⅱ. 1. Will; use; won't; will be　2. same jobs as　
3. won't go　4. Will there be　5. spend; on
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①cost　②paid　③takes　④spent
[语法聚焦]
一、 [探究总结]
2. (1)动词原形　(3)Will/Shall
[对点训练] ①won't come　②Will there be
二、 [对点训练] ①C　②D　③B　④A　⑤C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. more; less　2. will be　3. won't　
4. Will; ride　5. will help
Ⅱ. 1. A　考查spend的用法。spend ... doing sth.“花费……做某事”。故选A。
2. B　考查疑问词辨析。根据答语可知， 问句是对职业的提问， 故用疑问词what。故选B。
3. C　考查一般将来时的构成。“will＋动词原形”， 表示将来。句意：我认为他一小时后能完成这项工作。故选C。
4. D　考查比较级的用法。句意：如果家里的孩子越少， 他们的生活就越富有。few修饰可数名词的复数形式， less修饰不可数名词， 排除A项； 由句意可知D项正确。
5. A　考查一般将来时的答语。一般将来时的否定回答为“No, they won't.”，肯定回答为“Yes，they will.”，排除B、C项；由“人们不会活那么长。”可知此处为否定回答，故选A。
Ⅲ. 1. Will; be　2. How; get　3. What; like　4. will play　5. won't be
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
1. took the train　2. will be an　3. I will fly
4. live on
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①B　②go to; by plane/air
2. [对点训练] ①room　②space　③place
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. astronaut　2. apartment　3. rocket　
4. space
Ⅱ. 1. programmer　2. will fly　3. will; live　
4. across　5. took
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. fall down　2. look for　3. over and over again　4. 许多；大量　5. 感到厌烦
Ⅱ. 1. help with; working; dangerous
2. move like; to make　3. for; to wake up
4. will even be able to
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①already　②yet
2. [探究总结] (1)复数　(2)单数
[对点训练] ①C　②D
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. hundreds　2. fell　3. dangerous　
4. impossible　5. already
Ⅱ. 1. C　考查be able to的用法。be able to可以用于将来时，而can则只有一般现在时和过去时；且will后用动词原形。故选C。
2. B　考查词汇辨析。句意：——你正在做什么？——我正在找我的英语课本。look“看”；look for“寻找”，强调动作；find“找到”，强调结果；find out“发现；查明”。由句意可知选B。
3. D　考查短语动词辨析。A项意为“相处”； B项意为“赶上”； C项意为“与某人谈话”； D项意为“同意”。根据答句句意“我不同意你的观点。它们都有用。”可知答案选D。
4. D　考查boring与bored的区别。boring“令人无聊的”；bored“感到无聊的”。句意：机器人可以做无聊的工作，但从不感到无聊。故选B。
5. B　考查such的用法。such修饰名词或名词短语。故选B。
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. keep　2. during　3. holiday　
4. free time　5. the meaning of
Ⅱ. 1. less; be more　2. work more; probably
3. what; be like　4. fly up into　5. both good and bad
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[探究总结] oneself; 动作
[对点训练] ①in　②wears　③put on　
④dressed
[写作指导]
One possible version：
The life in the future
What do you think the life in the future will be like?
Every family will have robots. Robots will help us do most of the housework. They can help us do some cleaning, cooking or washing. We can do some shopping and see a doctor without going out. Students can study at home on computers. People will live to be 200 years old.
Our life will be better and better. For this, we should study hard. I believe we'll be able to do this.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. reporter　2. activities　3. fewer　
4. hundred　5. possible
Ⅱ. 1. C　考查固定短语。短语keep ... as a pet/pets意为“饲养……作为宠物”，故选C。
2. B　考查介词辨析。句意：欢迎来到我们宾馆！我希望你在这儿期间会玩得开心。during意为“在……期间”。故选B。
3. A　考查形容词辨析。由句意“为了有更多的假期，他们不得不每天做更多的工作”可知，应用more“更多的”。故选A。
4. C　考查宾语从句的语序。宾语从句应用陈述语序，宾语从句中what作be like的宾语。故选C。
5. C　考查词语辨析。句意：在周末我们能穿着舒适的衣服。wear“穿着”，表示状态。
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. believe　2. dangerous　3. sky　4. space　5. plants　6. predictions　7. planets　
8. pollution　9. disagree　10. impossible
[短语速译]
1. to be　2. danger　3. part; doing　4. future
5. over again　6. make; do　7. up　
8. hundreds　9. 空闲时间　10. 在某事上花费时间　11. 太空站；宇宙空间站　12. 能够做某事　13. 突然倒下；跌倒；倒塌　14. 寻找；寻求
[句型闯关]
1. will fly to　2. Will ;be; hope not　3. won't be able　4. not easy; to brush　5. What will; be like
[语法专练]
1. will be　2. will improve　3. Will; won't　
4. Will; be　5. won't come
[真题演练]
1. C　考查时态。由答语中的时间状语in two days可知，应用一般将来时，故选C。
2. B　考查there be 句型的一般将来时。由句中时间状语tomorrow可知应用一般将来时，there be句型的一般将来时结构是there will be。故选B。
3. C　考查短语动词的辨析。句意：他们都同意劳拉在这儿建一个博物馆的观点。 wait for“等待”；hand in“上交”；agree with“赞同某人(的观点)”；knock at“敲击”。根据句意可知选C。
4. D　考查hundred的用法。句意：据报道人们每天沿着这条街扔好几百个塑料袋。hundred表示不确定数目时与of连用，且hundred用复数。故选D。
5. B　考查形容词比较级的用法。句意：我认为因为新法律，在将来将会有更少的人口。more“更多的”； less“较少的”；fewer“更少的”；lower“更低的”。新法律要求少生优生，所以将来会有较少的人口，又因pollution“人口”是不可数名词，故选B。



Unit 8　How do you make a banana milk shake?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. make a milk shake _______________
2. turn on _______________
3. cut up _______________
4. pour ... into ... _______________
5. 还有一件事情 _______________
6. 忘记做某事 _______________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你如何制作香蕉奶昔？
________ ________ you ________ a banana milk shake?
2. 我们需要多少根香蕉？
________ ________ bananas do we ________？
3. 我们需要一杯酸奶。
We need ________ ________ ________ yogurt.
4. 让我们制作水果沙拉吧。
________ ________ fruit salad.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
Turn_on the blender.
打开食物搅拌器。(教材第57页)
Don't forget to turn_off the TV.
不要忘记关上电视。
Open the window; it's hot in the room.
打开窗户，屋里很热。
Remember to close the door when you leave.
离开时记着关上门。
【探究总结】turn on 与open的用法辨析
turn on
指打开水龙头、煤气、电灯、电视的开关，其反义短语为turn off

open
指打开门、窗、箱子、盒子、抽屉等，其反义词为close

【对点训练】
①Please ________ the light. It's too dark in the room.
A. turn on B. turn off
C. open D. close
②Bob ________ the box and found nothing in it.
A. turned on B. closed
C. opened D. turned off

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
How_many bananas do we need?
我们需要多少根香蕉？(教材第58页)
How_much yogurt do we need?
我们需要多少酸奶？
How_much are the books？这些书多少钱？
【探究总结】　 how many与how much的用法辨析
(1)how many意为“多少”，后接 ________
(可数/不可数)名词的复数形式，用来提问可数名词的数量。
(2)how much意为“多少”，后接 ________
(可数/不可数)名词，用来提问不可数名词的数量。
(3)how much还可以用来询问价格，意为“……多少钱”，后面的谓语动词的单复数视主语的单复数情况而定。
【对点训练】
①I want two glasses of water. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ ________ of water do you want?
②Tom needs two_cups_of yogurt. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ yogurt does Tom need?
③The beautiful skirt is $35. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ is the beautiful skirt?
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Tom! ________(peel) a banana for your sister, please.
2. How much is the new ________(blend)?
3. Can you help me ________(pour) some milk into the soup?
4. There ________(be) some milk in the bottle.
5. Tom forgot ________(close) the window when he left the classroom.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Before we eat an orange, we usually ________ it first.
A. put B. peel
C. pour D. drink
2. —What should we do next?
—Here are some vegetables. We have to ________．
A. cut it up B. cut up it
C. cut them up D. cut up them
3. —________ do you make a banana milk shake?
—Peel the banana first and blend it with milk.
A. What B. How
C. When D. Where
4. I like drinking something sweet. Please put ________ in the milk.
A. two spoon of honey
B. two spoons of honeys
C. three spoon honey
D. two spoons of honey
5. I want to watch TV. Could you please ________？
A. turn on it B. turn off it
C. turn it on D. turn it down
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. What about making fruit salad? (改为同义句)
________ make fruit salad.
2. We need five tomatoes. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ tomatoes do you need?
3. Cut up the onions please. (改为否定句)
________ ________ ________ the onions please.
4. My grandmother drink a_glass_of yogurt every morning. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ yogurt does your grandmother drink every morning?
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互泽，了解本课重点短语
1. 制作爆米花 ________
2. 植树 ________
3. 挖坑 ________
4. make beef noodles ________
5. wash clothes ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——我们需要多少玉米？
——半杯。
—________ ________ ________ do we need?
—________ ________ cup.
2. 把玉米放在爆米花机里。
________ the corn ________ the popcorn machine.
3. 你知道怎样植树吗？
Do you know ________ ________ ________ a tree?
4. 从图书馆里借出一本书。
________ ________ a book ________ the library.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Do you know how_to_plant_a_tree?
你知道怎样植树吗？(教材第59页)
I don't know what_to_say. 我不知道说什么。
I don't know which_topic_to_choose.
我不知道选哪个题目。
【探究总结】　
“疑问词＋动词不定式”结构在句中可作宾语，有以下两种形式：
(1)疑问词＋to＋动词原形
(2)疑问词＋名词＋to＋动词原形
提示
“疑问词＋动词不定式”结构经常放在tell, show, teach, learn, discuss, know, wonder, remember, forget, find out等动词(词组)之后作宾语。

【对点训练】
①我不知道明天去哪里。
I don't know ________ ________ ________ tomorrow.
②他不能决定选择哪一本书。
He can't decide ________ ________ ________ ________.
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Turn on the blender. 打开食物搅拌器。
Let's go to the movies. 让我们去看电影吧。
Be careful, please. 请当心。
No photos! 禁止拍照！
Don't_talk in class! 别在课堂上讲话！
【探究总结】　
1. 含义
祈使句是表示请求、命令、劝告或建议的句子。祈使句的主语一般为第二人称，但通常省略。其否定形式通常是在动词原形前加don't。
2. 常见句型
(1)Do型：动词原形＋宾语＋其他.
(2)Let型： ________＋宾语＋动词原形＋其他.
(3)Be型： ________＋表语(名词、形容词等)＋其他.
(4)No＋动词-ing/名词
点拨
let引导的祈使句的否定句可在let＋宾语后加not，也可在let前直接加don't。
【对点训练】
①Please ________(keep) quiet. It's time to sleep.
②________(not eat) in class, Nick.
③Let's ________(make) a kite together.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
How many bananas do we need?
我们需要多少根香蕉？(教材第59页)
I want to have some_chicken. 我想吃些鸡肉。
I have two apples and three tomatoes for lunch.
午饭我吃了两个苹果和三个西红柿。
—How much yogurt do we need?
我们需要多少酸奶？
—We need two_cups_of_yogurt. 我们需要两杯酸奶。
【探究总结】　
1. 名词的概念及分类
名词是表示人、物、地点以及抽象概念等的词。名词按其可数性可分为________和________，可以直接用数目来计算的名词叫可数名词，不能直接用数目来计算的名词叫不可数名词。
2. 可数名词与不可数名词的区别

可数名词
不可数名词
不同
有______和复数形式
没有复数形式
基数词、不定冠词可直接修饰可数名词
不能直接用数字表达量，可用“a/an/基数词＋计量单位＋of＋不可数名词”来表达
可用many, few, a few, several等修饰
可用much, little, a little等修饰
提问可数名词的数量用________
提问不可数名词的数量用________
相同
两者都可用some, any, a lot of, lots of等修饰
【对点训练】
①How many ________(sheep) are there on the hill?
②There is some ________(food) in the basket.
③The baby has only two ________(tooth) now.
④Let's take ________(photo), OK?
⑤There are some ________(dictionary) on the table.

【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. —Do you know how ________(cook) noodles?
—Yes, I do. I often help my mum make breakfast.
2. How many ________(tomato) did you buy last week?
3. Jim ________(dig) a hole in the yard(院子) and planned to plant a tree.
4. Cindy, ________(be) sure to come here at 8:00 tomorrow morning.
5. We need some ________(cheese) to make a soup.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —How much ________ do you need?
—Two pieces.
A. watermelon B. strawberries
C. bread D. apple
2. We're thirsty. We want ________．
A. two cup of apple juice
B. two cups of apple juices
C. two cups of apple juice
D. two cup of apple juices
3. I want to add more salt ________ my soup.
A. with B. in
C. to D. on
4. First, put the corn into the popcorn machine. Next ________ the popcorn machine.
A. turn up B. turn down
C. turn off D. turn on
5. —________ glasses of water should we drink every day?
—About eight glasses, I think.
A. How much B. How many
C. How D. What
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 妈妈让我每天喝两杯牛奶。
Mum wants me to drink ________ ________ ________ milk every day.
2. 我们应该加多少盐？
________ ________ ________ should we add?
3. 你知道如何包水饺吗？
Do you know ________ ________ ________ dumplings?
4. 我们不知道接下来该做什么。
We don't know what ________ ________ ________．
5. 奶奶昨天买了多少香蕉？
________ ________ ________ did grandma buy yesterday?
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你喜欢三明治里的生菜吗？
________ you ________ lettuce ________ a sandwich?
2. 首先， 把一些黄油抹到一片面包上。
First, ________ some butter ________ a piece of bread.
3. 我们需要多少黄油？
________ ________ butter do we need?
Ⅱ. 句子排序，明确制作三明治的过程
A. Put some butter on a piece of bread.
B. Put some relish(佐料) on the turkey.
C. Cut up an onion.
D. Put two turkey pieces on the onion.
E. Put another piece of bread on top.
F. Put the onion on the bread.
排序：A→→→→→
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
First, put some butter on a piece of bread.
首先，把一些黄油抹在一片面包上。(教材第60页)
It's very cold outside. Put_on your hat.
外面很冷。戴上你的帽子。
【探究总结】　
(1)put ... on ...常用于表示把一物放在另一物的表面上。
(2)put on动副短语，意为“穿上，戴上(衣服、鞋、帽等)”。
【对点训练】
①把生菜放到另一片面包上。
________ the lettuce ________ another piece of bread.
②请穿上你的新衣服。
Please ________ ________ your new clothes.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
I'm hungry; please give me a piece of bread.
我饿了，请给我一片面包。
Pass me three pieces of paper. 递给我三张纸。
How many slices of meat would you like?
你要几片肉？
【探究总结】
piece可数名词，意为“片；段；张”等，接不同的名词时有不同的含义。其近义词为slice。a piece of 意为“一片，一块……”，修饰不可数名词。
助记
a piece of的多种含义

【对点训练】
请给我们四片面包和两杯牛奶。
Please give us ________ ________ ________ ________ and two glasses of milk.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用方框中所给词的适当形式填空

1. Finally, put three ________ of chicken on the bread.
2. —What did you have for lunch?
—Two ________ and an egg.
3. The pizza will taste much better with a little ________ on it.
4. I am hungry. Pass me a piece of ________， please.
5. ________ is a kind of vegetable. I like it very much.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. My uncle doesn't like ________， but he likes beef ________．
A. beef; noodle B. beef; noodles
C. beefs; noodle D. beefs; noodles
2. —I'm hungry. Do you have anything to eat?
—No. Let's ________ beef sandwiches!
A. do B. eat
C. make D. have
3. There is ________ turkey on the plate. Could you please get some more for us?
A. little B. a little
C. few D. a few
4. —________ butter did you put on the bread?
—A spoon.
A. How long B. How many
C. How often D. How much
5. The musician wrote ________ music last month.
A. three B. three piece
C. three pieces D. three pieces of
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 庆祝感恩节 ________
2. 混合在一起 ________
3. 给某人提供…… ________
4. cut ... into pieces ________
5. place ... on ... ________
6. give thanks for ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 在特殊节日人们通常吃传统食物。
People usually eat traditional food ________ ________ ________.
2. 在美国，它总是在十一月第四个星期四。
It is always ________ ________ ________ ________ in November in the United States.
3. 接着，用面包混合物填满火鸡。
Next, ________ the turkey ________ this bread mix.
4. 烤好后，把火鸡放在一个大盘子上，浇上肉汁。
When it is ready, place the turkey on a large plate and ________ it ________ gravy.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Next, fill the turkey with this bread mix.
接着，用面包混合物填满火鸡。(教材第61页)
The bag was_filled_with food by him.
袋子里被他装满了食物。
The classroom is_full_of students.
教室里坐满了学生。
【探究总结】　 fill的常见用法
(1)fill及物动词，意为“装满，填满”。常与with连用构成短语fill ... with ...，意为“用……把……填满”，强调动作。
(2)be filled with表示“被……充满”，是fill ... with ... 的被动语态结构，在用法上可与be full of互换。
【对点训练】
①The box is full of books. (改为同义句)
The box is ________ ________ books.
②让我们用沙子填满这个坑。
Let's ________ the hole ________ sand.
2. cover v. 遮盖；覆盖 n．覆盖物；盖子
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
When it is ready, place the turkey on a large plate and cover it with gravy. 烤好后，把火鸡放在一个大盘子上，浇上肉汁。(教材第61页)
The street was_covered_with snow.
街道被雪覆盖着。
There is a cartoon picture on the cover of the book. 在这本书的封面上有一幅卡通图片。
【探究总结】　 cover的两种词性
(1)cover 作及物动词时，意为“遮盖；覆盖”。cover ...________ ... 意为“用……把……盖起来”，可用于被动语态结构be ________ with，意为“被……覆盖”。
(2)cover作名词时，意为“盖子；覆盖物”等，还可引申为书的“封皮，封面”。
【对点训练】
①The teacher is coming! ________ the picture ________ a book quickly.
A. Covering; with B. Cover; with
C. Covering; in D. Cover; in
②The park is ________(cover) with fallen leaves.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Jiaozi is the ________(tradition) food in China.
2. There are many ________(travel) in China every year.
3. The young man comes from ________
(English).
4. Tomorrow is my ________(eighteen) birthday.
5. ________(fill) the basket with oranges and pears.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Please fill the bottle ________ the milk.
A. of B. with
C. for D. at
2. —When is Mother's Day?
—It's ________ the ________ Sunday in May.
A. on; two B. on; second
C. in; two D. in; second
3. ________ us Chinese, the Spring Festival is a time ________ together.
A. With; get B. With; to get
C. For; get D. For; to get
4. ________ the table with a piece of cloth in order not to make it dirty.
A. Put B. Bring
C. Cover D. Give
5. —________ do you cook the dumplings?
—________ ten minutes.
A. How far; In B. How far; For
C. How long; In D. How long; For
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. Thanksgiving is on the fourth Thursday in November. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ Thanksgiving?
2. Lucy helps her mother by washing dishes. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ Lucy ________ her mother?
3. Put the turkey in a hot oven. (改为否定句)
________ ________ the turkey in a hot oven.
4. Put the bread pieces, butter and lettuce together. (改为同义句)
________ ________ the bread pieces, butter and lettuce.
5. The girl served a big pizza to her friends. (改为同义句)
The girl ________ her friends ________ a big pizza.
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. a recipe for ________________
2. tomato and egg soup ________________
3. 米线 ________________
4. 一个接一个地 ________________
Ⅱ. 选词填空，学会制作西红柿鸡蛋汤的过程

To make tomato and egg soup, you need three tomatoes and two eggs. Now let's begin. First, __1__ up three tomatoes and put them into a pot. __2__， add some water, sugar and salt. Next, __3__ for five minutes and add two eggs. Finally, __4__ everything together and serve it.
1. ______　2. ______　3. ______　
4. ______
【合作探究·破疑难】
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元的写作话题是“描述制作一种食品的过程”。写此类作文时，首先应介绍制作该食品的材料，然后介绍制作该食品的步骤、方法和注意事项等。写此类作文时，思路要清晰，注意避免语法方面的错误。
【写作任务】
你喜欢吃三明治吗？你知道如何制作三明治吗？请根据下表提示，亲手为自己做一份三明治吧。
提示：
材料
数量
bread
2 pieces
butter
2 spoons
onion
1
tomato
1
relish
1 spoon
要求：1. 以上提示都要用到，可适当发挥。
2. 词数80左右。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：第一人称
2. 时态：一般现在时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)点明主题：以问题形式，引出话题
(2)介绍步骤：介绍制作三明治的过程
(3)表达愿望：希望同你一起分享
4. 语句储备：
(1)First ..., then ..., next ..., finally ...
(2)pour ... into ...
(3)add ... to ...
(4)put ... in ...
(5)mix ... up ...
【汇思成篇】
How to make a sandwich?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Many girls in our class enjoy ________(sing) and dancing.
2. He can eat three bowls of ________(soup).
3. I wouldlike a big bowl of________(noodle).
4. There ________(be) two pieces of bread on the plate.
5. It's time ________(eat) breakfast now.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 放学后，学生们一个接一个地走出了教室。
The students walked out of the classroom ________ ________ ________ after school.
2. 现在别玩电脑游戏了，该做作业了。
Don't play computer games now. ________ ________ ________ do your homework.
3. 你需要把水加热到50℃以上。
You need to ________ the water ________ over 50℃.
4. 把羊肉切成片，然后放进汤里。
________ the mutton ________ ________， and then put them into the soup.
5. 这锅汤有一种特殊的味道。
________ ________ ________ ________ has a special taste.




































































单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. Do you like to eat ________(三明治)?
2. This big restaurant can ________(接待) many people every day.
3. Leaves turn yellow and brown in ________(秋天)．
4. It's so cold today. I think the ________(温度) must be very low.
5. I like ________(tomato) and ________ (honey) very much.
6. They celebrate Mary's birthday by ________(have) a big delicious cake together.
7. Here are some bananas. Please cut ________(they) up.
8. Many ________(travel) come here to fish every day.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1.接通(电流、煤气、水等)；打开
turn ________
2. 切碎 ________ up
3. 把……倒入…… 　pour ... ________ ...
4. 把……加到……上 add ... ________ ...
5. 还有一件事情 one ________ thing
6. 植树 ________ a tree
7. 一片；一张 a ________ of
8. 传统食物 ________ food
9. 用……把……填满 fill ... ________ ...
10. 用……把……覆盖 ________ ... with ...
11. 把……切碎 cut ... ________ pieces
12. 拿某物招待某人 ________ sth. to sb.
13. 一个接一个地 one ________ one
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 你们需要多少蜂蜜？
________ ________ honey do you need?
2. 你想要多少杯咖啡？
________ ________ ________ ________ coffee would you like?
3. 房子里充满了烟。
The house ________ ________ ________ smoke.
4. 到了我们吃午饭的时间了！
________ ________ for us ________ ________ lunch!
5. 用这些三明治招待你的朋友。
________ the sandwiches ________ your friends.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. ________ lettuce do you need?
A. How much B. How many
C. How old D. What kind
2. My father doesn't like ________， but he likes ________.
A. beef; noodle B. beef; noodles
C. beefs; noodle D. beefs; noodles
3. —________ glasses of water should we drink every day?
—About eight glasses, I think.
A. How many B. How much
C. How D. What
4. ________ the apple into two halves, please.
A. To cut B. Cut
C. Cutting D. Cuts
5. Don't ________ too much meat. It's bad for your health.
A. eat B. ate
C. eating D. to eat
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
名词的数，how many和how much的辨析、祈使句，及短语动词turn on、cut up等
1. (2015·娄底)—Would you like some ________ for dinner?
—OK.
A. tomatos B. tomato
C. tomatoes
2. (2015·德阳)—Would you like some ________？
—Oh, yes, just a little.
A. rice B. carrots
C. eggs D. bananas
3. (2015·汕尾)I can't see anything in the room. Please help me ________ the lights.
A. turn on B. turn up
C. turn down D. turn off
4. (2015·漳州)—Kangkang, could you tell me how to cook noodles?
—OK. First, you should ________ ham, cabbage and onions finely.
A. cut up B. cut down
C. cut off
5. (2015·扬州)—________ pocket money do you usually get every month?
—Fifty yuan. What about you?
A. How often B. How long
C. How many D. How much
6. (2015·济南)—________ on the TV, Jim. I'd like to watch the evening news.
—OK, Dad.
A. Turn B. Turns
C. Turning D. To turn
7. (2015·陕西)________ on the grass, or it will “cry”．
A. To walk B. Not to walk
C. Walk D. Don't walk


















































































参考答案
Unit 8　How do you make a banana
milk shake?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 制作奶昔　2. 打开　3. 切碎　
4. 把……倒入……　5. one more thing　
6. forget to do sth.
Ⅱ. 1. How do; make　2. How many; need　
3. one cup of　4. Let's make
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①A　②C
2. [探究总结] (1)可数　(2)不可数
[对点训练] ①How many glasses　②How much ③How much
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. Peel　2. blender　3. (to) pour　4. is　
5. to close
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查动词辨析。由生活常识可知， 吃橘子的时候首先要剥皮。peel意为“剥；削”， 符合句意。而put“放”、 pour“倾倒”、 drink“喝”均与句意不符。
2. C　考查短语动词的用法。cut up是由“动词＋副词”组成的短语动词， 后接名词作宾语时， 放于其后或中间； 若跟代词作宾语时， 须放中间。vegetables是复数形式， 故用宾格them代替。故选C。
3. B　考查疑问词辨析。对程序或过程提问用特殊疑问词how。
4. D　考查名词的数。honey是不可数名词，spoon是可数名词，表示“两勺蜂蜜”应用two spoons of honey。故选D。
5. C　考查短语辨析。turn on“打开”；turn off“关上”；turn down“把音量关小”，句意：我想看电视。请你打开电视好吗？动副结构的短语，代词放中间。故选C。
Ⅲ. 1. Let's　2. How many　3. Don't cut up　4. How much
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. make popcorn　2. plant a tree　3. dig a hole 4. 制作牛肉面　5. 洗衣服
Ⅱ. 1. How much corn; Half a　2. Put; into
3. how to plant　4. Take out; from
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①where to go　②which book to choose
[语法聚焦]
一、 [探究总结] 2. (2)Let　(3)Be
[对点训练] ①keep　②Don't eat　③make
二、 [探究总结] 1. 可数名词；不可数名词
2. 单数；how many; how much
[对点训练] ①sheep　②food　③teeth　④photos ⑤dictionaries
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to cook　2. tomatoes　3. dug　4. be　5. cheese
Ⅱ. 1. C　考查名词辨析。由问句中引导词“how much”可知后面提问的是不可数名词的数量； 而由答语“Two pieces(两片)”可知，问句应是询问面包的量。故选C。
2. C　考查不可数名词的数量表达。apple juice为不可数名词，所以无复数形式； 而cup是可数名词， 故“两杯苹果汁”应为two cups of apple juice。故选C。
3. C　考查短语搭配。add ... to ... “把……加到……上 (里)”。故选C。
4. D　考查短语辨析。turn up“调大音量”； turn down“调小音量”； turn off“关闭”； turn on“打开”。由句意可知应是打开爆米花机。故选D。
5. B　考查疑问词组辨析。由答语中“About eight glasses”可知问句中提问数量， 而glasses是可数名词复数， 故用how many提问。故选B。
Ⅲ. 1. two cups of　2. How much salt　3. how to make 4. to do next　5. How many bananas
Section B (1a—1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. Do; like; in　2. put; on　3. How much
Ⅱ. A→C→F→D→B→E
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①Put; on　②put on
2. [对点训练] four pieces of bread
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. pieces　2. sandwiches　3. butter　
4. bread　5. Lettuce
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查可数名词与不可数名词的用法。beef为不可数名词， noodle为可数名词， 用复数形式表示一类。故选B。
2. C　考查动词辨析。句意： ——我饿了。你有东西吃吗？ ——没有。我们做牛肉三明治吧！ make有“制作”之意。故选C。
3. A　考查形容词辨析。由句中“Could you please get some more for us？”可知，几乎没有火鸡了，且turkey为不可数名词，故用little“很少，几乎没有”，故选A。
4. D　考查疑问词（组）的辨析。由答语“一勺”可知， 问句是对数量进行提问。butter是不可数名词， 故用how much提问， 故选D。
5. D　考查不可数名词的数量表达。music为不可数名词， 表示“三首乐曲”应该用three pieces of music。故选D。
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. celebrate Thanksgiving　2. mix together
3. serve ...to sb.　4. 把...切成小块
5. 把……放在……上　6. 感谢……
Ⅱ. 1. on special holidays　2. on the fourth Thursday　3. fill; with　4. cover; with
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①filled with　②fill; with
2. [探究总结] (1)with; covered
[对点训练] ①B　②covered
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. traditional　2. travelers　3. England　
4. eighteenth　5. Fill
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查固定词组。fill ... with ... “用……装满……”。故选B。
2. B　考查介词及序数词的用法。具体到某一天用介词on; 表示“第几”用序数词而不用基数词。故选B。
3. D　考查介词及动词不定式的用法。在此句中， 介词for意为“对于”； to get together为动词不定式作定语， 修饰time。故选D。
4. C　考查动词辨析。由句中“in order not to make it dirty”可知，要防止桌子弄脏，应在上面盖一块布。cover意为“遮盖，覆盖”，故选C。
5. D　考查疑问词组及介词的用法。提问一段时间用how long; “for ＋时间段”表示一段时间。故选D。
Ⅲ. 1. When is　2. How does; help　3. Don't put　4. Mix together　5. served; with
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. ……的食谱　2. 西红柿鸡蛋汤
3. rice noodles　4. one by one
Ⅱ. 1. cut　2. Then　3. cook　4. mix
【合作探究·破疑难】
[写作指导]
One possible version：
How to make a sandwich?
Do you like sandwiches? I like them very much. Today, let me have a try to make a sandwich.
First, wash an onion and a tomato. Then put two spoons of butter on a piece of bread. Next, cut up the onion and the tomato. Add them to the bread. Then, put one spoon of relish on the vegetables. Finally, put another piece of bread on the top.
The sandwich is ready. Do you want to enjoy it with me?
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. singing　2. soup　3. noodles　4. are　5. to eat
Ⅱ. 1. one by one　2. It's time to　3. make; hot　4. Cut; into pieces　5. This pot of soup
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. sandwiches　2. serve　3. autumn　
4. temperature　5. tomatoes; honey　
6. having　7. them　8. travelers
[短语速译]
1. on　2. cut　3. into　4. to　5. more　
6. plant　7. piece　8. traditional　9. with　10. cover　11. into　12. serve　13. by
[句型闯关]
1. How much　2. How many cups of
3. is filled with/is full of　4. It's time; to have
5. Serve; to
[语法专练]
1. A　考查疑问词组辨析。提问不可数名词lettuce用how much。
2. B　考查名词的数。beef“牛肉”是不可数名词；noodle“面条”是可数名词。故选B。
3. A　考查疑问词（组）辨析。how many提问可数名词的数量。
4. B　考查祈使句。祈使句开头用动词原形。
5. A　考查祈使句。“Don't＋动词原形”构成祈使句的否定形式。
[真题演练]
1. C　考查名词的复数。句意：——晚饭你吃些西红柿好吗？——好吧。tomato为可数名词，复数形式为tomatoes。故选C。
2. A　考查名词辨析。句意：——你想要一些米饭吗？ ——哦，好的，少来点吧。由答语中a little修饰不可数名词可知应选rice。故选A。
3. A　考查短语动词辨析。句意：我在房间里看不见东西，请帮我打开灯。turn on “打开”；turn up “调高”；turn down“调低”；turn off “关掉”。故选A。
4. A　考查动词词组辨析。句意：——康康，你能告诉我如何做面条吗？——可以，首先你要切碎火腿、卷心菜和洋葱。
5. D　考查疑问词组辨析。how much表示“多少”，后接不可数名词。money是不可数名词。句意：——你每个月通常有多少零花钱？——50元，你呢？故选D。
6. A　考查祈使句。由后半句“我想看晚间新闻。”可知是要求Jim打开电视。祈使句开头应用动词原形。故选A。
7. D　考查祈使句。由句中“or it will ‘cry’”可知，前半句意为“不要在草地上走”。祈使句的否定形式通常是在句首加don't。故选D。



Unit 9　Can you come to my party?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 为考试做准备 ________
2. 去看医生 ________
3. have the flu ________
4. meet friends ________
5. go bike riding ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——周六下午你能来参加我的聚会吗？
——当然了，我很乐意。/对不起，我不能。
—________ you ________ ________ my party on Saturday afternoon?
—Sure, I'd ________ ________./I'm ________，I can't.
2. 太遗憾了。那下次吧。
That's too bad. Maybe ________ ________.
3. 萨姆直到下周三才离开。
Sam ________ ________ ________ next Wednesday.
4. 周一晚上你能跟我们出去闲逛吗？
Can you ________ ________ with us on Monday night?
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
I have_to help my parents.
我得帮助我的父母。(教材第65页)
I must study for my dream.
我必须为梦想而学习。
【探究总结】　 have to与 must的区别
have to
“不得不，必须”，常表示不得已而为之，后跟动词原形。有人称、数和时态的变化，否定句或疑问句借助助动词do
must
“必须”，常表示责任义务所在，没有人称、数和时态的变化。在否定句中用mustn't，但由must引起的一般疑问句的否定答语用needn't或don’t have to

【对点训练】
用have to或must填空
①We ________ stay at home. It's raining heavily.
②I want to get good grades in the coming test, so I ________ study hard.
2. prepare v. 使做好准备；把……准备好
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I have to prepare_for an exam.
我不得不为考试做准备。(教材第65页)
She prepared us a nice breakfast.＝She prepared a nice breakfast for us.
她给我们准备了可口的早餐。
They were preparing_to_cross the river when it began to rain.
他们正准备过河，这时突然下雨了。
【探究总结】　
(1)prepare用作不及物动词，常构成prepare for ...“为……做准备”，相当于get ready for ...。
(2)prepare用作及物动词，其后常接名词、代词或不定式作宾语。
①prepare sth. “准备……”。
②prepare sb. sth. “给某人准备某物”，可与prepare sth. for sb. 相互转换。
③prepare to do sth. “准备做某事”。
【对点训练】
①Jim is preparing ________(buy) a new house.
②我们为鲍勃的生日准备了一个蛋糕。
We ________ a cake ________ Bob's birthday.
3. until conj. & prep. 到……时；直到……为止
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Oh, but Sam isn't leaving until next Wednesday.
噢，但是萨姆直到下周三才离开。(教材第66页)
He will be working until 5 o'clock.
他将一直工作到五点钟。

【探究总结】　 until的用法
(1)用于否定句中，即not ... until,... “直到……才……”，常与非延续性动词连用，如open, start, leave, arrive, finish, stop等。
(2)用于肯定句中，意为“直到……为止”。主句的谓语动词必须是延续性动词，如live, wait, stay, work, continue 等。
【对点训练】
①我们会等到汤姆来后再离开。
We ________ ________ ________ Tom comes.
②她与父母住在一起直到结婚。
She ________ ________ her parents ________ she got married.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. I have to ________(walk) there because there is something wrong with my bike.
2. Can you ________(come) over to my house and help me with my homework?
3. I would like ________(visit) you this Sunday. I think we will have a great time then.
4. Thanks for ________(help) me with my English.
5. Lucy is so young that she ________(can) swim at all.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. ________ the morning of September 8th, many visitors arrived at the train station.
A. In B. On
C. To D. At
2. This T-shirt is too small. Could you show me ________ one?
A. other B. another
C. the other D. others
3. If you eat ________ sugar, you'll get fat soon.
A. too much B. much too
C. too many D. many too
4. Sandy ________ go to see the dentist. She has a serious toothache.
A. mustn't B. can
C. has to D. can't
5. —Can you go out to play basketball with us?
—________. But I must finish my homework first.
A. Yes, I do
B. I'm sorry to hear that
C. I'd love to
D. Of course not
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 计划做某事 ________
2. 练习小提琴 ________
3. go to the party ________
4. visit grandparents ________
5. on the weekend ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 她能去参加棒球比赛吗？
________ she ________ ________ the baseball game?
2. 他们可能得去见他们的朋友。
They ________ ________ ________ meet their friends.
3. 放学后你计划做什么？
What are you ________ ________ ________ after school?
4. 周六你有空来我这儿吗？
Are you free ________ ________ to my place on Saturday?
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
They invited us to stay for the weekend.
他们邀请我们留下来过周末。
He invited you to_his_house for his birthday party. 他邀请你到他家参加他的生日聚会。
Thank you for your invitation. 谢谢你的邀请。
【探究总结】　

【对点训练】
①我想邀请你吃晚饭。
I want to ________ you ________ ________ supper.
②This is the ________(invite) for you.



【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
I am very glad to accept your kind invitation.
我非常高兴接受你友好的邀请。
I have received an invitation to the party, but I cannot accept it.
我收到了这个聚会的邀请函，但是我不会接受。
【探究总结】　 accept与receive的用法辨析
accept
“接受”，主动地或自愿地接受，带有满意、同意、答应、认可等意味。其反义词为refuse
receive
“收到”，强调客观上收到这一事实，但主观上不一定接受

助记

【对点训练】
用accept或receive填空。
我收到了他的一个礼物，但我没接受。
I ________ a gift from him, but I didn't ________ it.
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
—Can you come to my party on Saturday?
周六你能来参加我的聚会吗？
—Sure,_I'd_love_to. 当然，我很愿意。(教材第67页)
—Can you go to the movies with me tomorrow night？明天晚上你能和我一起去看电影吗？
—Sorry,_I'm_not_available. I have too much work to do. 对不起，我没空。我有太多工作要做。
—Can you come to my house on Sunday?
周日你能来我家吗？
—I'd_love_to,_but_I'm_afraid_I_can't.
我很乐意去，但我恐怕不能。
【探究总结】　
(1)发出邀请：情态动词can除了表示能力、许可或推测之外，还可用来表示邀请。其句式要用一般疑问句形式：Can you/he/they＋动词原形＋...？can在此句型中表示请求，意为“能；可以”。
(2)接受邀请：
①Sure, I'd love to. 当然，我很愿意。
②Yes, I'd love to. 是的，我很愿意。
③Sure, I think＋主语＋will. 当然，我想……会的。
(3)拒绝邀请：
①Sorry, I'm not available. 对不起，我没空。
②I'm sorry, I can't. I have ... 很抱歉，我不能。我有……
③I'd love to, but I'm afraid I can't.
我很乐意去，但我恐怕不能。
拓展　　
其他表示请求的句式
①“Would you like ...？”你想要/愿意……吗？like后跟名词、代词或动词不定式。
②“Shall we ...？我们……好吗？”shall是情态动词，后跟动词原形。
③“Let's ...”让我们……吧。let是使役动词，其后跟动词原形。
④“Why not ...？/Why don't you/we ...？”为什么不……？其后跟动词原形。
⑤“How/What about ...？”……怎么样？about是介词，其后跟名词、代词或动
词-ing形式。
【对点训练】
①—Can you go to the museum with me this afternoon?
—Sorry, ________. My aunt is coming to see me.
A. I don't B. I can't
C. I needn't D. I mustn't
②—Can you go to the beach with me?
—________.
A. Yes, I'd love
B. Sure, I'd love to
C. Sorry, I can
D. Yes, I would
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. She plans ________(help) her mother with the housework.
2. —Can they________(go) to the movies with us?
—No, they are not free. They might________(prepare) for the next week's exam.
3. I'd love ________(come) to your home tomorrow.
4. Singers practice ________(sing) every day.
5. I refused ________(do) things like that.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The concert will begin ________ 6:00 p.m. ________ Saturday evening.
A. at; at B. at; on
C. on; at D. at; in
2. Will you please invite him ________ in a writing competition?
A. joins B. to joining
C. to join D. joining
3. —Let's go to the concert tonight, Michael!
—Sorry, I ________. I have to help my mother with the housework.
A. mustn't B. may not
C. needn't D. can't
4. —What will the weather be like tomorrow?
—It ________ be rainy, cloudy or sunny. Who knows?
A. must B. might
C. shall D. should
5. —Why did you ________ Linda's invitation, Frank?
—Because I had to go to the doctor.
A. accept B. refuse
C. catch D. get
Section B (1a—1f)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. look after ________________
2. have a piano lesson ________________
3. on weekdays ________________
4. 前天 ________________
5. 后天 ________________
Ⅱ. 情景交际，明确本课重点句型
1. —________ today?
—It's Monday the 14th.
2. —Hi, Vince. ________ you play tennis with me?
—________？
—Today.
—Sorry, I ________.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会画线句子的含义
—What's_today? 今天是几号，星期几？
—It's Monday the 14th.
今天是14号，星期一。(教材第68页)
—What_day_is_it_today？今天星期几？
—It's Sunday. 星期天。
—What's_the_date_today？今天是几月几号？
—It's October 10th. 今天是10月10号。
【探究总结】　
(1)What's today? 用来询问日期和星期几，意为“今天是几号，星期几？”或“今天是什么日子？”，回答时通常用日期和星期，也可用节日作答。
(2)What day is it today？意为“今天星期几？”。
(3)What's the date today？意为“今天是几月几号？”。
注意
日期的表达顺序通常为“月份＋具体日期，年份”。其中具体日期可以写成序数词也可以写成基数词，但读时要读成序数词，且序数词前一定要有定冠词the。
April 8或者April 8th 读作April the eighth。

【对点训练】
①—________ today?
—It's July 26th.
A. What's the date
B. What date
C. What day is it
D. What's the day
②——今天是什么日子？
——今天是5号，星期二。
—________ ________？
—It's ________ ________ ________.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，认真体会下面的探究总结
John's mother told him to look_after his younger brother well. 约翰的母亲告诉他要好好照顾弟弟。
He is old enough to take_care_of himself.
他足够大，能照顾自己了。
【探究总结】　
look after 意为“照料；照顾”，同义词组为take care of。look after well＝take good care of 意为“好好照顾”。
【对点训练】
请照顾好你自己。
①Please ________ ________ yourself well.
②Please ________ ________ ________ ________ yourself.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 单项选择
1. —What's today?
—It's ________．
A. Monday B. March 8th
C. five o'clock D. Sunday the 21st
2. Tom doesn't feel well today. Please ________ him well.
A. look at B. look up
C. look after D. look down
3. Sorry, I ________ go to your party. I have a piano lesson this evening.
A. mustn't B. can't
C. can D. must
4. We usually go to school on ________ and rest on ________．
A. weekdays; weekends
B. weekdays; weekdays
C. weekends; weekends
D. weekends; weekdays
5. I'd like to invite my friend ________ a tennis game together.
A. watch B. watching
C. to watch D. watches
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 她前天上了一节钢琴课。
She had a piano lesson ________ ________ ________ ________．
2. 你能来参加我的十六岁生日聚会吗？
Can you come to ________ ________ ________ ________？
3. 很抱歉我后天不能和你们一起爬山了。我将去看望爷爷奶奶。
I'm sorry I can't climb mountains with you ________ ________ ________ ________. I'll visit my grandparents.
4. 我不得不为了即将到来的考试在家学习。
I have to ________ ________ the coming test at home.
5. ——今天星期几？
——今天星期二。
—________ ________ ________ ________ today?
—______ ______．
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. turn down ________________
2. go back to ... ________________
3. have a surprise party ________________
4. 去旅行 ________________
5. 在……末尾 ________________
6. 收到某人的来信 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 这次聚会是表达感谢并道别的最好方式。
This party is the ________ ________ ________ ________ “Thank you and goodbye”.
2. 我很乐意参加聚会，但是我没有空。
I'd love to ________ ________ the party, but I'm not ________．
3. 但是，我仍然很高兴帮忙做一些聚会的准备工作，如策划游戏。
However, I'd still be glad to ________ ________ ________ any of the party preparation, like ________ the games.
4. 为了表示我们将会多么想念她，咱们在28号下周五为她举办一场惊喜聚会吧！
________ ________ how much ________ ________ ________ miss her, let's have a ________ ________ for her next Friday the 28th!
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会end的相关短语的用法
My family is taking a trip to Wuhan at_the_end_of this month to visit my aunt and uncle. 我们全家将在这个月底去武汉看望我的叔叔和婶婶。(教材第69页)
By_the_end_of next month, I will finish reading this book. 到下个月末，我将读完这本书。
In_the_end things will mend. 船到桥头自然直。

【探究总结】　 end的相关短语辨析
at the end of
意为“在……的尽头/末尾”，其后既可接时间也可接地点
by the end of
意为“到……为止”，后接时间。用于一般将来时和完成时
in the end
意为“终于；最后”，相当于 finally
【对点训练】
①音乐会结束时，观众起立鼓掌。
________ ________ ________ ________ the concert, the audience stood and clapped.
②我确信，最后一切都会好的。
I'm sure everything will be OK ________ ________ ________.
③截止到上个月末，我已经种了数千棵树了。
________ ________ ________ ________ last month, I had planted thousands of trees.
2. surprise n. 意想不到的事；令人惊奇的事；惊奇
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
... let's have a surprise party for her next Friday the 28th! ……我们在(本月)28号下周五为她办一个惊喜派对吧!(教材第69页)
To_my_surprise,_the door was unlocked.
令我吃惊的是，门没有锁。
She is_surprised_to listen to that news.
听到那个消息她很惊讶。
The news is_surprising．
这则消息真令人吃惊。
【探究总结】surprise, surprised与surprising的区别
surprise
名词，意为“令人惊奇的事(或消息等)；惊奇，惊讶”，常见短语to one's surprise “令某人惊讶的是”，in surprise“惊奇地”
动词，意为“使惊奇；使感到意外”，其后常接人作宾语
surprised
形容词，意为“惊讶的”，主语通常为人，常用短语be surprised to do sth.“做某事感到惊奇”，be surprised at sth. “对某事感到惊奇”
surprising
形容词，意为“令人惊讶的”，主语通常为物
【对点训练】
①他对这个令人惊讶的消息感到吃惊。
He is ________ ________ the ________ news.
②令他惊讶的是，那个人竟是他的老师。
________ ________ ________， that man was his teacher.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Lucy, here is an ________(invite) for you.
2. Jack made lots of ________(prepare) for the new project.
3. I think reading English books is the best way ________(learn) English.
4. The old man left the room without ________(say) a word.
5. Thanks for ________(buy) the food and drinks for me.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Everyone was ________ when they heard about the news.
A. surprise B. surprised
C. surprising D. surprises
2. Every child looks forward to ________ gifts on Christmas Day.
A. receive B. receiving
C. received D. receives
3. We couldn't finish our work so early ________ your help.
A. without B. with
C. for D. by
4. ________ surprising news it is! All of us feel surprised at it.
A. How B. What a
C. What D. What an
5. Mark got up early ________ he could catch the early bus.
A. so B. so that
C. in order D. because
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 人们应该如何回复这个邀请函呢？
How should people ________ ________ this invitation?
2. 我必须为英语测试而学习。
I must ________ ________ the English test.
3. 我们周末去音乐会吧。
Let's________ ________ ________ ________on the weekend.
Ⅱ. 阅读3a，选词填空，明确短文主旨大意
opening, invite, reply, invitation, concert
I would like to invite you to the ________ of our new library at No. 9 High School. The opening will be on the morning of Wednesday, January 8th at 9:00. After this, you can enjoy our school ________. Then lunch will be in the school hall at 12:00. I would also like to ________ each parent to bring one book as a gift for the new library. Please ________ in writing to this ________ by Friday, December 20th.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
How should people reply_to this invitation, and when? 人们应该如何回复这个邀请函呢？什么时候回复？(教材第71页)
I haven't heard your reply yet.
我还没有听到你的答复。
I received no reply/answer_to my request.
我的请求没有收到任何答复。
Can you answer the question?
你能回答这个问题吗？
【探究总结】　
(1)reply既可用作动词也可用作名词，其具体用法如下：
①reply作不及物动词时，意为“回答；答复”，reply to sb./sth.“对……做出回答”；用作及物动词时，后跟直接引语或宾语从句，意为“回答道”。
②作名词时，意为“回答；答复”，相当于answer。表示“……的答复”时，reply和answer都需要与 to 连用。
(2)动词 reply与answer的区别
reply
一般表示经过思考，有针对性、详细的答复。reply一般不用于对电话或敲门的“应答”
answer
一般指对简单问题进行的答复，后面可以直接跟宾语。answer 还可表示对电话、敲门等做出的“应答”
【对点训练】
①He answered my letter. (改为同义句)
He ________ ________ my letter.
②玛丽回复说她很高兴接受我们的邀请。
Mary ________ ________ she was happy to accept our invitation.
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
本单元以“邀请”为话题，主要内容是如何发出、接受和拒绝邀请。这是我们生活中常涉及的话题，也是新课程标准中要求学生学习的一个重要话题。我们要熟练掌握有关“邀请”的相关表达，会写“邀请函”之类的应用文。
【写作任务】
假如你叫Jenny，你的好友Tina邀请你周日参加她的生日聚会，但是你母亲周日上班，你必须在家照看妹妹，所以你不能去。请你给她发一封电子邮件解释一下，并祝她生日快乐。词数：70左右。
【写前指导】
1. 人称：主要用第一人称
2. 时态：主要用一般现在时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：谢谢Tina的邀请。
(2)答复邀请：不能参加聚会的原因。
(3)回扣主题：祝她生日快乐。
4. 语句储备：
(1)Thanks for ... 　 (2)I'm sorry I can't ...
(3)have to ... 　　　(4)look after
【汇思成篇】
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. On weekends, I often go ________(shop) with my mother.
2. Could you come to the ________(open) of our new teaching building next week?
3. This is one of the most important ________(event) this year.
4. Ann accepted Mary's ________(invite) to go swimming.
5. Please reply to this letter in ________(call) Mr Liu.
Ⅱ. 单项填空
1. Please tell him about the party ________ this Friday.
A. in B. on
C. at D. by
2. I asked a question at class, but only one student could ________ to it.
A. answer B. reply
C. ask D. think about
3. Can you look at the ________ and tell me the activities?
A. menu B. calendar
C. clock D. phone
4. ________ of us in our class has an English name.
A. All B. Every
C. Each D. Both
5. I have to study ________ a test.
A. of B. with
C. at D. for







单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. The students are preparing for the science e________．
2. Mary is going back to England. Let's say g________ to her.
3. I won't go u________ you come back.
4. C________ the ball, Jim.
5. Everyone is very s________ to hear that surprising news.
6. We are going to attend(出席) the ________(open) of the new sports center.
7. We must make enough ________(prepare) for the English evening party.
8. I'm looking forward to ________(hear) from you.
9. Here's a letter of ________(invite) for you.
10. He refused ________(tell) me the secret.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 为……做准备 ________
2. 得流感 ________
3. 闲逛；常去某处 ________
4. 为考试准备study for ________ ________
5. 照看 ________ after
6. 接受邀请 ________
7. 做出邀请 ________
8. go to the doctor ________
9. turn down an invitation________
10. take a trip ________
11. look forward to ________
12. hear from ________
13. help out ________
14. another time ________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 昨天晚上我直到午夜才睡觉。
I ________ go to bed ________ midnight last night.
2. 你打算跟谁去打篮球？
________ are you going to play basketball ________？
3. 汤姆盼望着玩电脑游戏。
Tom ________ ________ ________ ________ computer games.
4. ——汤姆，这个周末你能和我们一起去海滩吗？
——恐怕不能。我得去看我姑姑。
—Tom, ________ you ________ ________ ________ ________ with us on the weekend?
—I'm ________ I can't. I ________ ________ visit my aunt.
5. 多谢你的参与。
________ you ________ joining us.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. —Can you come to my house for supper?
—________.
A. No, I can't B. I think so
C. Sure, I'd love to D. I hope I can
2. —Mike, I can't stop playing computer games.
—For your eyes, I'm afraid you ________.
A. must B. can
C. may D. have to
3. —Can you speak Japanese?
—No, I ________.
A. mustn't B. can't
C. needn't D. may not
4. John ________ come to see us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet.
A. may B. can
C. has to D. must
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
情态动词can的用法，连词until及短语动词turn down, look after, look forward to的用法等。
1. (2015·北京)—Jack, ________ you ride a bike?
—Yes, I can.
A. can B. may
C. need D. must
2. (2015·绥化)—Can you come to my party on Wednesday?
—Sorry, I ________. I have a piano lesson.
A. can't B. couldn't
C. mustn't
3. (2015·新疆)My mother is ill. I have to ________ her in the hospital after class.
A. look after B. look up
C. take care D. take after
4. (2015·东营)Girl: I'm ________ the trip which we can go whenever we want to go.
Boy: You'll take me, and I'll take the money.
A. taking part in
B. taking care of
C. looking back at
D. looking forward to
5. (2015·滨州)Susan ________ her friend's invitation because of an important meeting.
A. took down B. put down
C. turned down D. wrote down
6. (2015·呼和浩特)—Excuse me, may I come in?
—Not yet. Please wait on your chair ________ your name is called.
A. and B. until
C. after D. since



















































































参考答案
Unit 9　Can you come to my party?
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. prepare for an exam　2. go to the doctor　3. 得了流感　4. 和朋友见面　5. 去骑自行车
Ⅱ. 1. Can; come to; love to; sorry　2. another time　3. isn't leaving until　4. hang out
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①have to　②must
2. [对点训练] ①to buy　②prepared; for
3. [对点训练] ①won't leave until　②lived with; until
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. walk　2. come　3. to visit　4. helping　5. can't
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查介词的用法。具体到某一天的上午、下午或晚上用介词on。故选A。
2. B　考查不定代词的用法。句意： 这件T恤太小了，你能拿另一件给我看看吗？another用作代词， 意为“另一个； 再一个”， 符合句意。故选B。
3. A　考查短语辨析。too much意为“太多”， 修饰不可数名词。much too 意为“很；非常”，修饰形容词；too many意为“太多”，修饰可数名词复数；没有many too这一短语。故选A。
4. C　考查情态动词。由后一句“She has a serious toothache.”可知，Sandy不得不去看牙医。have to意为“不得不”， 有人称及数的变化。she是第三人称单数，应用has，故选D。
5. C　考查情景交际。“Can you ...? ”用于发出邀请或提出请求，如欣然接受对方的邀请， 常用“Sure. /Of course. /I'd like to. /I'd love to. ”作答。故选C。
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. plan to do sth.　2. practice the violin　
3. 参加聚会　4. 看望祖父母　5. 在周末
Ⅱ. 1. Can; go to　2. might have to　
3. planning to do　4. to come
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①invite; to have　②invitation
2. [对点训练] received; accept
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ①B　②B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to help　2. go; prepare　3. to come　
4. singing　5. to do
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查介词辨析。at后接具体的时间点，表示在具体某一天或某一天的上午、下午或晚上，应用介词on。故选B。
2. C　考查invite的用法。invite sb. to do sth.表示“邀请某人做某事”，故选C。
3. D　考查情态动词辨析。由答语中“I have to help my mother with the housework.”可知，说话人不能去看音乐会。故选D。
4. B　考查情态动词辨析。由答语中“Who knows？”可知，说话人对明天的天气情况不确定，因此前面所说的“阴天、多云、晴朗”仅仅是不确定的推测，故应用might“也许，可能”。故选B。
5. B　考查动词辨析。由答语“因为我要去看医生”可知，Frank拒绝了邀请。refuse“拒绝”。故选B。
Section B (1a—1f)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 照料；照顾　2. 上钢琴课　3. 在工作日　4. the day before yesterday　5. the day after tomorrow
Ⅱ. 1. What's　2. Can; When; can't
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①A　②What's today; Tuesday the 5th
2. [对点训练] ①look after　②take good care of
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. D　考查日期的问法。What's today? 用来询问星期几和具体日期，故选D。
2. C　考查短语辨析。 look at“看”；look up “查阅”； look after“照看；照顾”；look down“俯视”。句意：汤姆今天不舒服。请照顾好他。故选C。
3. B　考查情态动词。句意：抱歉，我不能参加你的聚会了。今天晚上我有钢琴课。故选B。
4. A　考查weekday与 weekend的辨析。句意：我们通常在工作日上学，在周末休息。故选A。
5. C　考查固定短语。invite sb. to do sth. 邀请某人做某事。故选C。
Ⅱ. 1. the day before yesterday　2. my 16th birthday party　3. the day after tomorrow　
4. study for　5. What day is it; It's Tuesday
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 拒绝　2. 回到……　3. 举办一个惊喜派对　4. take a trip　5. at the end of　
6. hear from sb.
Ⅱ. 1. best way to say　2. come to; available
3. help out with; planning
4. To show; we're going to; surprise party
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①At the end of　②in the end　③By the end of
2. [对点训练] ①surprised at; surprising　②To his surprise
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. invitation　2. preparations　3. to learn　4. saying　5. buying
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查形容词用法。surprised“吃惊的”，其主语通常是人，故选B。
2. B　考查固定短语。look forward to doing sth.“期望做某事”。故选B。
3. A　考查介词辨析。句意：没有你的帮助，我们不可能这么早完成工作。without“没有”。故选A。
4. C　考查感叹句。news是名词，因此该感叹句应用what引导；又因其是不可数名词，所以what后没有冠词。故选C。
5. D　考查连词。so that“为了”，引导结果状语从句。
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. reply to　2. study for　3. go to the concert
Ⅱ. opening; concert; invite; reply; invitation
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①replied to　②replied that
[写作指导]
One possible version：
Dear Tina，
Thanks for your invitation. I'm sorry I can't go to your birthday party. I am not available on Sunday. My mother has to go to work on Sunday. And I have to look after my little sister at home because she is too young. And I also need to prepare food for her.
I'm really sorry. I will visit you when my mother is at home. Here I say “Happy birthday to you！”．
Yours，
Jenny
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. shopping　2. opening　3. events　
4. invitation　5. calling
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查介词辨析。表示在具体的某一天应用介词on。故选B。
2. B　考查动词（组）辨析。句意：在课堂上我问了一个问题，但是只有一名学生能够回答。reply to 相当于answer，表示“回答”，故选B。
3. B　考查名词辨析。句意：你能看着日程表告诉我那些活动吗？calendar表示“日历；日程表”，符合语境，故选B。
4. C　考查不定代词辨析。由句中的谓语动词has可知，主语表示单数概念，each of ... 表示“……的每一个”，符合句意，故选C。
5. D　考查固定短语。study for a test意为“为测验而学习”，是固定短语。故选D。
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. exam　2. goodbye　3. until　4. Catch　
5. surprised　6. opening　7. preparation　
8. hearing　9. invitation 10. to tell
[短语速译]
1. prepare for　2. have the flu　3. hang out　4. a test　5. look　6. accept an invitation　
7. make an invitation　8. 去看医生　9. 拒绝邀请　10. 旅行　11. 盼望　12. 接到某人的信　13. 分担工作、解决难题　
14. 其他时间
[句型闯关]
1. didn't; until　2. Who; with
3. looks forward to playing
4. can; go to the beach; afraid; have to　
5. Thank; for
[语法专练]
1. C　考查交际用语。can引导的表示请求的疑问句肯定回答用“Yes/Sure, I'd love to. ”否定回答可用“Sorry, I can't.”。
2. D　考查情态动词。have to“不得不”，表示客观原因。故选D。
3. B　考查情态动词。can可以表示能力。
4. A　考查情态动词。may“可能”表示把握性不大的推测。
[真题演练]
1. A　考查情态动词辨析。句意：——杰克，你会骑自行车吗？——是的，我会。从答句上看，问句可以用can或may进行引导，但是may引导的问句表示请求。故选A。
2. A　考查情态动词。句意：——星期三你能来参加我的聚会吗？——对不起，我不能。我有一节钢琴课。由情态动词can引起的一般疑问句，其否定回答用can't。故选A。
3. A　考查短语动词辨析。句意：我母亲病了。我必须下课后去医院照顾她。look after“照顾”。故选A。
4. D　考查短语动词辨析。句意：女孩：我期望随时可以进行的旅行。男孩：我出钱，你带着我。take part in“参加”；take care of“照顾”；look back at“回顾”；look forward to“期盼”。由语境可知，女孩期盼随时可以进行的旅行。故选D。
5. C　考查短语动词辨析。句意：因为一个重要会议，Susan拒绝了朋友的邀请。take down“取下”；put down“放下”；turn down“拒绝”；write down“写下”。根据句意，应该是拒绝了邀请，C项符合题意，故选C。
6. B　考查连词用法。句意：——对不起，我能进来吗？——还不可以。请坐在椅子上等直到叫你。and “和”； until “直到”；after “在……以后”；since“自从”。根据句意可知空格处应用until。故选B。



Unit 10　If you go to the party, you'll have a great time!
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. have a great time ________________
2. a class meeting ________________
3. half the class ________________
4. too ... to ... ________________
5. 点餐 ________________
6. 炸薯条 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 明天晚上你将去参加聚会吗？
Are you going to the party ________ ________？
2. 你将跟谁去？
________ will you go ________？
3. 如果他们在聚会上看录像会发生什么？
What ________ ________ if they ________ ________ ________ at the party?
4. 什么时候是举办聚会的好时机？
When is a good time ________ ________ ________ ________？
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
students will leave early
学生们将会很早离开 (教材第74页)
We'll leave_for America by plane.
我们将乘飞机去美国。
I left my homework at home this morning.
今天早上我把作业落在家里了。
I will leave Beijing for Shanghai tomorrow morning. 明天早上我将离开北京去上海。
Don't leave me by_myself. 不要把我单独留下。
【探究总结】　
(1)leave作不及物动词，意为“离开”，可单独使用，也可与for连用，即leave for，意为 “离开去……”。
(2)作及物动词，可用于以下三种结构：
①leave sb./sth.＋地点“把某人/某物落在某处”。
②leave＋地点＋for＋地点“离开某地去另一地”。
③leave sb. by oneself“把某人单独留下”。
【对点训练】
①I wonder if the foreign friends ________ Shanghai next week.
A. leave for　　　　　　B. leaves for
C. left D. will leave for
②玛丽昨天把包落在家里了。
Mary ________ her bag ________ ________ yesterday.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并体会too ... to ... 的用法
... they'll be too lazy to cook.
……他们会太懒而不愿做饭。(教材第74页)
The boy is too young to go to school.＝The boy is so young that he can't go to school.＝The boy is not old enough_to go to school.
这个男孩年龄太小，不能去上学。
【探究总结】　 too ... to ... 结构用法总结
(1)一般情况下，too ... to ... 结构在形式上是肯定的，但表达否定含义，意为“太……而不能……”。too 后面接形容词或副词的原级，to后接动词原形，构成不定式。
(2)too ... to ... 结构表达否定含义时，可以与so ... that ...和not ... enough to ... 结构进行转换。
【对点训练】
这个箱子太重了，我搬不动。
①The box is ________ heavy ________ I can't carry it.
②The box is ________ heavy for me ________ carry.
③The box isn't ________ ________ for me ________ carry.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. If it ________(rain), we'll stay at home.
2. Mum asked me ________(get) up at six in the morning.
3. Let's ________(visit) the history museum this afternoon.
4. Mary and her sister plan ________(watch) a video in the evening.
5. When is a good time ________(take) a trip?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Don't ________ jeans to the party.
A. put on B. wear
C. wearing D. dress
2. Our class ________ a big one. Half the class ________ from Jinan.
A. is; come B. are; come
C. is; comes D. are; comes
3. Please buy some ________ and ________ for me.
A. potato chips; chocolates
B. potato chip; chocolates
C. potato chip; chocolate
D. potato chips; chocolate
4. He will catch up with us ________ he studies harder.
A. when B. if
C. until D. because
5. —________ will happen if we are late for class?
—The teacher will be very angry.
A. When B. Why
C. What D. Who
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. enough exercise ________________
2. make friends ________________
3. 花费太长的时间 ________________
4. 乘出租车 ________________
5. 给某人一些建议 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我认为我将会乘公共汽车去那个聚会。
I think ________ ________ the bus to the party.
2. 我不知道该做什么。
I don't know ________ ________ ________.
3. 如果我去了那个聚会，他们将会很失望。
If I ________ to the party, they ________ ________ upset.
4. 而且，我不确定怎样去那个聚会。
Also, ________ ________ ________ how to go to the party.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【语法聚焦】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，注意观察主从复合句中的时态
If_I_go_to_the_movies, I won't finish my homework.
如果我去看电影，我将完不成作业。(教材第75页)
You won't pass the exam unless you work hard.
如果你不努力学习，你就会考试不及格。
If_you_drive_too_fast, you may have an accident.
如果你开车太快，你可能会出事故。
Don't go and play football if_you_don't_finish_your_homework. 你如果没完成作业，就不要去踢足球。
【探究总结】if 引导的条件状语从句的用法
1. 概念
条件状语从句是表示主句动作发生的前提或条件的从句，即“在……条件下某事才能发生”。通常由连词if或unless引导。
2. 位置
if引导的条件状语从句可位于主句之前或之后。位于主句之前要用逗号与主句隔开；位于主句之后，中间不必用逗号。
3. if引导的条件状语从句的时态
在含有条件状语从句的复合句中，从句的时态在一定程度上受到主句时态的制约，这在英语语法中为时态呼应。
(1)如果主句是一般将来时，从句须用一般现在时代替一般将来时。
(2)如果主句含有must, may, can等情态动词，从句须用一般现在时。
(3)如果主句是祈使句，从句须用一般现在时。
点拨
if也可引导宾语从句,意为“是否”,而在条件状语从句中意为“如果”。
【对点训练】
①If I run every day, I ________(be) healthier.
②If it ________(not rain), he ________(play) with me tomorrow.
③She must see a dentist if she ________(have) a toothache.
④Study hard if you ________(want) to pass the test.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Please tell us what ________(do) next.
2. What ________ you ________(do) if you ________(be) a teacher?
3. Can you give me some ________(advice) on how to read books?
4. My mother thinks I should ________(study) at home.
5. If I ________(wear) jeans, I think I will look cool.
Ⅱ. 单项填空
1. Our teacher often asks us ________ questions in groups.
A. discuss B. to discuss
C. discussing D. discussed
2. —What about going camping if it ________ tomorrow?
—Sounds great!
A. didn't rain B. doesn't rain
C. won't rain D. don't rain
3. Half of his books ________ written in French.
A. have B. has
C. is D. are
4. ________ good advice the teacher gave me!
A. How B. What
C. What a D. How a
5. Alice doesn't know what ________ about going to her friend's birthday party.
A. to do B. doing
C. did D. will do
Section B (1a—1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 环游世界 ________
2. 受教育 ________
3. make a lot of money ________
4. become a soccer player________
Ⅱ. 情景交际，明确本课重点句型
A: ________ do you think I ________ do? Can you ________ me some advice?
B: I think you should ________ ________ ________.
A: But if I do that, I ________ never become a great soccer player.
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，认真体会“加入”的不同表达
If you join the Lions, you'll become a great soccer player. 如果你加入狮子队，你将会成为一名优秀的足球运动员。(教材第76页)
He joined the Party in 1942. 他1942年入党。
I want to join_in the game. 我想参加比赛。
I will take_part_in the sports meeting next week.
下周我将参加运动会。
【探究总结】　join, join in, take part in的区别
join
指参加某组织或团体，成为其中的一员
join in
指加入或参与某项活动，后跟的宾语一般是表示竞赛、游戏、娱乐等活动的名词
take part in
多指参加集体活动并在其中起作用，通常可以和join in互换
【对点训练】
①我想加入国际象棋俱乐部。
I want ________ ________ the chess club.
②我们都积极参加了运动会。
We all ________ an active ________ ________ the sports meeting.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. Father ________(be) happy if you get an “A” in the coming exam.
2. They are famous ________(agent)．
3. I need to make a lot of ________(money) for my school trip.
4. Students can get much ________(education) if they take part in the colorful activities.
5. —Can you skate on ________(really) ice?
—Yes, I can.
Ⅱ. 单项填空
1. Most of my friends wish to go to ________ college someday.
A. a B. an
C. the D. /
2. —Sally, could you give me some ________ on English learning?
—Of course. You'd better get much listening practice.
A. advice B. news
C. gifts D. ways
3. If you ________ the club, you'll become a great singer.
A. take part in B. join in
C. join D. become
4. —What are you going to do after graduation(毕业)?
—I will ________ much money and travel ________ the world.
A. buy; over B. buy; all over
C. make; in D. make; all over
5. You'll understand the book better if you ________ it again.
A. will read B. read
C. reading D. reads
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 害怕做某事 ________
2. 一直做某事 ________
3. 分成两半 ________
4. make a mistake ________
5. remember to do sth. ________
6. get advice from sb. ________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 现在的学生常常有很多的担忧。
Students these days often have ________ ________ ________ ________.
2. 我认为跟别人谈谈能起很大作用。
I think ________ ________ someone ________ ________ ________.
3. 最后，她跟她的父母谈了谈。
________ ________ ________， she talked to her parents.
4. 最好不要逃避我们的问题。
It is best not ________ ________ ________ ________ our problems.
5. 因此，你只要跟人聊聊这个问题，你就已经解决了问题的一半！
So you're ________ ________ ________ a problem just ________ ________ to someone about it!
【合作探究·破疑难】
【要点突破】

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Unless we talk to someone, we'll certainly feel worse. 如果我们不跟别人谈谈，我们肯定会感觉更糟糕。(教材第77页)
You will miss the bus unless you hurry up.
你要不快点就会错过那辆公共汽车。
Unless I make a mistake, I've seen that man before.＝If I don't make a mistake, I've seen that man before.
如果我没弄错，我以前见过那个人。
【探究总结】　 unless的用法
(1)unless作连词，意为“除非，如果不”，多引导具有否定含义的真实条件句，有时也可引导非真实条件句。主句用一般将来时，从句用 ________。
(2)unless在含义上相当于if ... not，因此unless有时可与if ... not互换使用。
【对点训练】
①You won't succeed ________ you study hard.
A. if B. unless
C. as soon as D. when
②You will fail unless you work hard from now on. (改为同义句)
________ you ________ work hard, you will fail.

【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
If I tell my parents, they'll be angry！如果告诉我父母，他们会生气！(教材第77页)
The mother was_angry_with her son because he came home late. 妈妈生儿子的气，因为他回家晚了。
I was very angry_at/about what he said.
我对他所说的话非常生气。
I was_angry_with myself for making such a stupid mistake. 我因为犯了这么愚蠢的错误而生自己的气。
【探究总结】　 angry的三种搭配

【对点训练】
①别生我的气。我是说着玩的。
Don't be angry ________ me. I said it for fun.
②我们的老师因为我们的错误生气了。
Our teacher is angry ________ our mistakes.
3. mistake n．& v. 错误；失误； 犯错
【观察思考】
阅读下面句子，体会并思考mistake的用法
Her dad said he sometimes made careless mistakes himself. 她爸爸说他自己有时也会犯粗心的错误。(教材第77页)
I picked up your book by_mistake．
我错拿了你的书。
You mistook my meaning entirely.
你完全误会了我的意思。
He was_mistaken_for his twin brother.
他被错认为他的孪生弟弟了。
【探究总结】　
mistake作名词，意为“错误，失误”；也可作动词，意为“误解，弄错，把……错认为……”，其过去式和过去分词分别为mistook, mistaken。其常见搭配有：

【对点训练】
①不要在考试中犯任何错误。
Don't ________ any ________ in the test.
②我把他的书错认成我的了。
I ________ his books ________ mine.
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. I have a lot of ________(worry) these days because of the coming exam.
2. I believe________(talk) to others is very helpful when we are in trouble.
3. If he has problems, he shouldn't keep them to ________(him)．
4. Jim was so ________(care) that he forgot everything about his homework.
5. Alice is an ________(understand) girl.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Jack is so ________ that he often leaves his homework at home.
A. careless B. tidy
C. careful D. difficult
2. Don't be afraid ________ mistakes in learning English.
A. make B. making
C. makes D. to make
3. I advise her not ________ out on her own at night.
A. go B. goes
C. to go D. going
4. We'll easily become unhappy ________ we solve our problems.
A. because B. if
C. unless D. although
5. He worked hard for his dream. ________， he made it come true.
A. At the end B. In the end
C. By the end D. In the end of
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 对某人说抱歉 ________
2. 和某人吵架 ________
3. 拜访敬老院 ________
4. worry about sb. ________
5. decide to do sth. ________
Ⅱ. 情景交际，明确本课重点句型

1. A: What ________ you do if you visit an old people's home?
B: ________ I do that, I'll bring the old people some flowers.
2. A: Hi, Sally. Are you ________ to the party tomorrow?
B: I ________ to, but I can't.
A: Oh! But if you ________ go to the party, you will ________ all the fun!
【合作探究·破疑难】
【写作指导】
【话题分析】
在日常生活和工作中，人们常根据实际情况提出一些假设并讨论其结果。本单元以“做决定”为话题，引用含有if引导的条件状语从句的主从复合句，对所提出的假设展开设想。这是中考常考的话题作文之一。
【写作任务】
也许你以后会有很多钱，想一想如果你有了钱，你会用这些钱做什么？请根据所给提示词汇，展开联想，写一篇短文。
提示词汇：1. a big house, parents, buy a car
2. charity, help the poor students, go to school, get a good education
词数：80左右。
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________
【写前指导】
1. 人称：主要用第一人称
2. 时态：一般现在时和一般将来时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：如果我有钱，我会……
(2)陈述用途：列举自己有钱后会做什么。
(3)谈论感受：感觉很开心、幸福。
4. 语句储备：
(1)If I have a lot of money, I will ...
(2) ... travel around the world ...
【汇思成篇】
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
1. What will you do if you go to the old ________(people) home?
2. There are many kinds of ________(flower) in the garden.
3. What ________(happen) if they don't agree with each other?
4. ________(not shout) at the party if you want to stay there.
5. Remember ________(share) good and bad things with your best friends.
Ⅱ. 单项填空
1. The old man makes a living by ________ shoes.
A. sell B. to sell
C. selling D. sold
2. I enjoy fresh air so I always sleep with the window open ________ it is really cold.
A. unless B. when
C. if D. since
3. —Can I tell others about the good news?
—No. Let's keep them to ________．
A. us B. ours
C. ourselves D. we
4. —How can I become a famous singer?
—The first step is ________．
A. keep sing B. to keep to sing
C. keep singing D. to keep singing
5. I think it's best ________ to Harbin in winter.
A. travel B. traveling
C. travels D. to travel


























































单元复习课
单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. I want to t________ around the world when I am free.
2. Last summer I had a special e________ in Xi'an.
3. My mother is an u________ woman. She always thinks for others.
4. I think the first s________ to solve the problem is to call the police.
5. Our teacher advised us ________(copy) the text again.
6. I think John can finish the work on time by ________(he)．
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 一半的学生 ________ the class
2. 挣很多钱 ________ a lot of ________
3. 害怕做某事 be________to do sth.
4. 保持思考 keep ________
5. 犯错误 make ________
6. 逃离 ________ ________ from
7. watch a video ________________
8. too ... to ... ________________
9. get an education ________________
10. keep ... to oneself ________________
11. in the end ________________
12. share problems ________________
13. in half ________________
14. solve a problem ________________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 如果明天下雨，我们将待在家里看电视。
We ________ ________ at home and watch TV if it ________ tomorrow.
2. 我叔叔喜欢周游世界。
My uncle likes traveling ________ ________ ________.
3. 每一个人都应该接受良好的教育。
Everyone should ________ ________ ________ ________.
4. 班里一半的女生想成为歌手。
________ ________ ________ in the class want to be singers.
5. 你认为我们应该给他一些建议吗？
Do you think we should ________ ________ ________ ________？
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
用所给词的适当形式填空
1. If you study hard, you ________(get) good grades.
2. If she ________(eat) too much junk food, she ________(be) unhealthy.
3. Jim ________(not pass) the exam if he ________(not study) hard.
4. What ________(happen) if they ________ (wear) jeans to the party?
5. —________ your mother ________(come) here tomorrow?
—I don't know. But if she ________(come), I ________(tell) you.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考考点在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
连词if，unless的用法及名词advice，动词advise, 形容词careful及短语keep...to oneself的用法等。
1. (2015·南京)You'd better travel around Nanjing with a local tour guide ________ you want to know more about its culture.
A. unless B. until
C. although D. if
2. (2015·江西)There will be few pollution ________ more people use public transportation.
A. but B. though
C. unless D. if
3. (2015·龙东)Could you give me some ________？ I tried several times but failed.
A. notice B. suggestion
C. advice
4. (2015·河南)Whenever Mary reads an interesting story, she can't keep it to ________ and wants to share it with her friends.
A. she B. her
C. hers D. herself
5. (2015·荆门)—How should we teenagers be ________ when crossing the road?
—We mustn't cross the red traffic lights.
A. serious B. careful
C. pleased D. popular
6. (2015 ·广东)We advise parents ________ their children at home alone in order to keep them away from danger.
A. not leave B. not to leave
C. leave D. to leave

参考答案
Unit 10　If you go to the party,
you'll have a great time!
Section A (1a—2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 过得愉快；玩得高兴　2. 班会　
3. 一半的学生　4. 太……而不能……　
5. order food　6. potato chips
Ⅱ. 1. tomorrow night　2. Who; with
3. will happen; watch a video　4. to have the party
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①D　②left; at home
2. [对点训练] ①so; that　②too; to　③light enough; to
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. rains　2. to get　3. visit　4. to watch　5. to take
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查动词（词组）辨析。句意：不要穿牛仔裤去参加聚会。根据句意可知，句中的“穿”是强调状态，因此应用wear。故选B。
2. A　考查主谓一致。句意：我们班是个大班级，一半的同学来自济南。第一个class是集合名词“班级”，谓语动词应用单数；第二个class指“班级成员”，表示复数意义，谓语动词应用复数，故选A。
3. D　考查名词的数。chip是可数名词，而chocolate是不可数名词，故选D。
4. B　考查连词辨析。“学习更努力”是“他将赶上我们”的前提条件，因此应用连词if表示“如果”。故选B。
5. C　考查疑问词辨析。由答语“The teacher will be very angry.”可知，问句是对事情提问，应用疑问词what。故选C。
Section A (Grammar Focus—3c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 足够的锻炼　2. 交朋友　3. take too long　4. take a taxi　5. give sb. some advice
Ⅱ. 1. I'll take　2. what to do　3. go; will be
4. I'm not sure
【合作探究·破疑难】
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ① will be　②doesn't rain; will play　③ has　④want
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to do　2. will; do; are　3. advice　
4. study　5. wear
Ⅱ. 1. B　考查非谓语动词。句意： 我们的老师经常让我们小组讨论问题。ask sb. to do sth. “要求某人做某事”，故选B。
2. B　考查if引导的条件状语从句。if引导的条件状语从句中用一般现在时代替一般将来时，且从句中主语it是第三人称单数，因此助动词应用does。故选B。
3. D　考查主谓一致。“half of＋名词”作主语时，谓语动词应由名词的单复数决定。句中books是复数名词，且book与write之间为被动关系，因此应用are。故选D。
4. B　考查感叹句。句中中心词advice是不可数名词，因此该感叹句应用what引导。故选B。
5. A　考查“疑问词＋不定式”结构的用法。“疑问词＋to do ”可在句中作宾语。句意：Alice不知道关于参加朋友的生日聚会要做些什么。故选A。
Section B (1a—1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. travel around the world　2. get an education　3. 挣很多钱　4. 成为足球运动员
Ⅱ. What; should; give; go to college; will
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①to join　②take/took; part in
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. will be　2. agents　3. money　
4. education　5. real
Ⅱ. 1. D　考查冠词的用法。go to college意为“上大学”。
2. A　考查名词辨析。由答语句意“你最好多做听力练习”可知，上文意为“萨莉，你能给我一些英语学习的建议吗？”。 故选A。
3. C　考查动词辨析。join指参加某个团体并成为其中的一员。表示“加入俱乐部”应用join the club。故选C。
4. D　考查固定短语。make money“赚钱”； all over the world“全世界”。
5. B　考查if引导的条件状语从句。if引导的条件状语从句遵循“主将从现”的原则，主句是一般将来时，从句用一般现在时。故选B。
Section B (2a—2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. be afraid to do sth.　2. keep doing sth.　3. in half　4. 犯错误　5. 记得做某事　
6. 从某人那儿得到建议
Ⅱ. 1. a lot of worries　2. talking to; helps a lot　3. In the end　4. to run away from
5. halfway to solving; by talking
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] （1）一般现在时
[对点训练] ①B　②If; don't
2. [对点训练] ①with　②at/about
3. [对点训练] ①make; mistakes
　②mistake/mistook; for
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. worries　2. talking　3. himself　
4. careless　5. understanding
Ⅱ. 1. A　考查形容词词义。由从句句意“他(杰克)经常把作业忘在家里”可知，杰克很粗心。careless意为“粗心的”，故选A。
2. D　考查固定搭配。句意： 在学习英语时不要害怕出错。be afraid to do sth. “害怕做某事”。故选D。
3. C　考查advise的用法。advise sb. not to do sth.意为“建议某人不要做某事”，故选C。
4. C　考查连词辨析。句意： 如果我们不解决我们的问题， 我们将很容易变得不愉快。 unless“除非； 如果不”符合题意。故选C。
5. B　句意：他为梦想而努力工作，最后，他实现了梦想。in the end意为“最后”。故选B。
Section B (3a—Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. say sorry to sb.　2. get into a fight with sb.　3. visit an old people's home　4. 担心某人　5. 决定做某事
Ⅱ. 1. will; If　2. going; want; don't; miss
【合作探究·破疑难】
[写作指导]
One possible version：
If I have a lot of money, I will do many things that I have never done before.
If I have a lot of money, I will travel around the world with my family. I will buy a big house and live in it with my parents because I don't want to live alone. I will also buy a car, so I can go everywhere with my parents easily.
If I have a lot of money, I will give some money to charities to help the poor students. If the poor students get the money, they will get a good education. And I will be happy to see that.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. people's　2. flowers　3. will happen
4. Don't shout　5. to share
Ⅱ. 1. C　考查非谓语动词。make a living意为“谋生”；如果说明谋生的手段应在living后加by, 再接动词-ing形式， 相当于live by doing“以……为生”。
2. A　根据句意“我喜欢新鲜的空气，如果不是很冷，我总是开着窗户睡觉”可知，unless符合句意，故选A。
3. C　考查固定搭配。keep ... to oneself是固定搭配，意为“保守秘密”。由前面的us可知，此处应用ourselves。故选C。
4. D　考查非谓语动词和keep的用法。keep后接动词-ing形式。动词不定式在句中作is的表语。故选D。
5. D　It's best to do sth.意为“做某事是最好的”，其中it是形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式。故选D。
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. travel　2. experience　3. understanding　
4. step　5. to copy　6. himself
[短语速译]
1. half　2. make; money　3. afraid　
4. thinking　5. mistakes　6. run away　
7. 看录像　8. 太……而不能……
9. 接受教育　10. 保守秘密　11. 最后　
12.分担问题　13. 分成两半　14. 解决问题
[句型闯关]
1. will stay; rains　2. around the world
3. get a good education　4. Half the girls
5. give him some advice
[语法专练]
1. will get　2. eats; will be　3. won't pass; doesn't study　4. will happen; wear　5. Will; come; comes; will tell
[真题演练]
1. D　考查连词的用法。句意：如果你想更多地了解它的文化，你最好与一位当地的导游一起游览南京。所以用连词if引导条件状语从句。故选D。
2. D　考查连词的用法。句意：如果更多人使用公共交通，将会有更少的污染。but“但是”；though“尽管”；unless“如果不”；if“如果”。根据句意可知，这两句表示因果关系，如果更多人使用就会有更少的污染。故选D。
3. C　考查名词辨析。句意：你可以给我一些建议吗？我尝试了几次，但都失败了。notice“注意，告示”；suggestion“建议”；advice“建议”。根据some后跟可数名词复数或不可数名词可排除A与B两项，因为它们都是可数名词。故选C。
4. D　考查代词辨析。keep ... to oneself意为“保守秘密”。因句子主语是she，因此相应的反身代词应用herself。句意：玛丽无论什么时候看到有趣的故事，她都不会保守秘密，想和朋友分享它。故选D。
5. B　考查形容词辨析。句意：——我们青少年过马路时应当怎样的小心？——红灯时千万不能过。”serious“严肃的”；careful“当心的；仔细的”；pleased“高兴的”；popular“流行的，受欢迎的”。故选B。
6. B　考查非谓语动词用法。句意：我们建议父母为了远离危险，不能把他们的孩子单独留在家里。advise sb. not to do sth.“建议某人不要做某事”。故选B。